+ All Categories
Home > Documents > PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL...

PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL...

Date post: 13-May-2018
Category:
Upload: nguyenque
View: 222 times
Download: 3 times
Share this document with a friend
201
C3.1 SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED CONTRACT NRA N.010-092-2015/1: ROUTINE ROAD MAINTENANCE ON NATIONAL ROUTE 10 FROM PRIESKA TO NAMIBIA BORDER AT NAKOP: SECTIONS 9 TO 12 PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE C3.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................C3.3 C3.1.1 SCOPE .....................................................................................................C3.3 C3.1.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS ...........................................................C3.3 C3.1.3 DRAWINGS ............................................................................................C3.6 C3.1.4 POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER SERVICES ..........................................C3.6 C3.1.5 CONSTRUCTION IN CONFINED AREAS ..............................................C3.7 C3.1.6 CONTRACTOR’S CAMP SITE................................................................C3.7 C3.1.7 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ..................................................................................................................C3.7 C3.1.8 ALLOWANCE FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS AND ACCOMMODATION OF OTHER CONTRACTS ................................. C3.10 C3.1.9 PROGRAMME, RESTRICTION AND COMPLETION OF ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................... C3.11 C3.1.10 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... C3.15 C3.1.11 MANAGEMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................... C3.15 C3.1.12 TARGETED PROCUREMENT ............................................................. C3.16 C3.1.13 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .......................................... C3.16 C3.1.14 CHANGES TO SCOPE OF WORK ...................................................... C3.16 C3.1.15 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE REPORTS .................................... C3.17 C3.1.16 INTEGRATED TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION SYSTEM ......... C3.17 C3.1.17 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ......................................................... C3.18 C3.2 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................ C3.20 C3.2.1 STANDARD AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................... C3.20 C3.2.2 PARTICULAR AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONSC3. .......................................................................... C3.22 C3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................... C3.112 C3.3.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................ C3.112
Transcript
Page 1: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.1

SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED CONTRACT NRA N.010-092-2015/1: ROUTINE ROAD MAINTENANCE ON NATIONAL ROUTE 10 FROM PRIESKA TO NAMIBIA BORDER AT NAKOP: SECTIONS 9 TO 12 PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

C3.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................C3.3

C3.1.1 SCOPE .....................................................................................................C3.3

C3.1.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS ...........................................................C3.3

C3.1.3 DRAWINGS ............................................................................................C3.6

C3.1.4 POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER SERVICES ..........................................C3.6

C3.1.5 CONSTRUCTION IN CONFINED AREAS ..............................................C3.7

C3.1.6 CONTRACTOR’S CAMP SITE ................................................................C3.7

C3.1.7 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

..................................................................................................................C3.7

C3.1.8 ALLOWANCE FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS AND

ACCOMMODATION OF OTHER CONTRACTS ................................. C3.10

C3.1.9 PROGRAMME, RESTRICTION AND COMPLETION OF ACTIVITIES

............................................................................................................... C3.11

C3.1.10 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... C3.15

C3.1.11 MANAGEMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................... C3.15

C3.1.12 TARGETED PROCUREMENT ............................................................. C3.16

C3.1.13 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .......................................... C3.16

C3.1.14 CHANGES TO SCOPE OF WORK ...................................................... C3.16

C3.1.15 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE REPORTS .................................... C3.17

C3.1.16 INTEGRATED TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION SYSTEM ......... C3.17

C3.1.17 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS ......................................................... C3.18

C3.2 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................ C3.20

C3.2.1 STANDARD AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

............................................................................................................... C3.20

C3.2.2 PARTICULAR AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD

SPECIFICATIONSC3. .......................................................................... C3.22

C3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................... C3.112

C3.3.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................ C3.112

Page 2: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.2

C3.3.2 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................... C3.112

C3.3.3 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................. C3.113

C3.3.4 ADMINISTRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL OBLIGATIONS ............. C3.116

C3.3.5 TRAINING ........................................................................................... C3.117

C3.3.6 ACTIVITIES/ASPECTS CAUSING IMPACTS ................................... C3.118

C3.3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

............................................................................................................. C3.122

C3.3.8 AREAS OF SPECIFIC IMPORTANCE ............................................... C3.131

C3.3.9 REHABILITATION .............................................................................. C3.132

C3.3.10 RECORD KEEPING ........................................................................... C3.132

C3.3.11 COMPLIANCE AND PENALTIES ...................................................... C3.133

C3.3.12 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ..................................................... C3.133

C3.4 TARGETED PROCUREMENT ........................................................... C3.136

C3.4.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................ C3.136

C3.4.2 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................... C3.136

C3.4.3 CONTRACTOR DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME............................. C3.137

C3.4.4 UTILISATION OF TARGETED ENTERPRISES ................................ C3.138

C3.4.5 WORK TO BE UNDERTAKEN BY SUBCONTRACTORS ................ C3.140

C3.4.6 TENDERS FOR SUBCONTRACTORS ............................................. C3.142

C3.4.7 MANAGEMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS ............................................. C3.148

C3.4.8 SKILLS DEVELOPMENT ................................................................... C3.151

C3.4.9 COMMUNITY LIAISON....................................................................... C3.178

C3.4.10 WELLNESS PROGRAM ..................................................................... C3.178

C3.4.11 MONITORING OF PROGRESS ......................................................... C3.179

C3.4.12 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ..................................................... C3.181

C3.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ........................................ C3.186

C3.5.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................ C3.186

C3.5.2 GENERAL OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROVISIONS

............................................................................................................. C3.186

C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ................................................................ C3.193

C3.5.4 PROJECT/SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS ................................. C3.196

Page 3: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.3

C3.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION C3.1.1 SCOPE

This section provides the description of the project and the general requirements for executing the work. The work required is the routine road maintenance of the national road. The scope of the routine road maintenance contract is for the contractor to primarily have a management role, as it is a requirement of the contract for the Contractor to facilitate the contractor development of targeted enterprises as a contract participation goal by means of subcontracting some of the scheduled work under the operational section to targeted enterprises as subcontractors. The Contractor is required to provide sustainable work opportunities and assistance in the form of financial support for the procurement of goods and services, to targeted enterprises. In addition, the Contractor is required to manage the skills development of targeted enterprises by providing training, coaching, guidance and mentoring.

C3.1.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS C3.1.2.1 Description of site

(a) Location of site

The general locality of the site is indicated on the locality plan bound in the back of this volume.

The term “Site” as defined in the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999, will comprise the road reserve of existing National Route 10 as described in the table below:

Route Section Kilometer Length

(km) Start End

N 10 9 0 72.96 72.96

N 10 10 0 55.6 55.6

N 10 11 0 116.8 116.68

N 10 12 0 134.17 134.17

Total 379.41km

This includes all on-ramps and off-ramps forming part of an interchange, as well as overpasses and underpasses within the national road reserve up to the limits of the SANRAL’s responsibility. Excluded are provincial, municipal and private cross roads, which are not accessible from the road reserve of the national road, but the overpass and underpass structures are part of the “Site”.

Page 4: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.4

The “Site” will also include all road signs within 500 metres of an intersection or interchange, which form part of the road signs layout for the national road.

The “Site” will also include land not provided by the Employer, where equipment and/or materials for use in the permanent works of the contract can be stored and/or stockpiled with the proviso that the land selected for this purpose be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor must make the Contractor’s own arrangements for the use of such land and must obtain written approval from the owner(s) concerned. Possible camp sites will be indicated during the Tenderers' clarification meeting.

(b) Access to the site

Access to the site shall be from established interchanges, intersections and approved accesses.

C3.1.2.2 Nature of work

The description of the project contained in this section is merely an outline of the contract works and shall not limit the work to be carried out by the Contractor under this contract. Approximate quantities of each type of work to be carried out in accordance with the contract documents are listed in the Bill of Quantities bound in this volume. The nature of work to be carried out under this contract includes:

Establishment of camps on site

Inspection of the road and night inspections

Accommodation of traffic

Pavement layers repairs

Crack sealing and patching of asphalt pavements

Repair of slope failures and washaways

Stabilisation of slopes

Construction of drainage works to combat erosion

Cleaning of all drainage structures, including removal of grass and debris from grids, as well as clearing bridge drainage ports and scuppers

Repairing damaged fencing

Clearing refuse from the road reserve, lay-byes and interchanges

Repairing damaged road signs

Cleaning of road signs

Installation and replacement of roadstuds

Repairing damaged guardrails

Road marking

Regular mowing of grass in the road reserve including the median and the removal of grass cuttings

Application of herbicide on road edges and around road signs

Eradication of weeds and undesirable plant growth

Burning or cutting of firebreaks and assistance with veld fires

Maintenance of trees and shrubs

Supply and spreading of topsoil

Page 5: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.5

Emergency assistance

Removal of wrecks and abandoned vehicles

Minor road works done under daywork The contractor shall be required to attend meetings relating to the Works and

the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management Forum, Public Liaison Committee, Farmers’ Association, and Fire Protection Association.

C3.1.2.3 Detailed description of the project

The route description of the national route sections for which routine road

maintenance will be provided by this contract, varies and is as follows: (a) The route description of National Route N 10 Section 9

(i) Starts at km 0 and ends at km 72.96

Type of carriageway = Single

Surfacing = Bitumen Seal

Interchanges = None

Toll Plazas = None

Road reserve width = 36m

Median description = None

(b) The route description of National Route N 10 Section 10:

(i) Starts at km (0) and ends at km (55.6)

Type of carriageway = Single

Surfacing = Bitumen Seal

Interchanges = None

Toll Plazas = None

Road reserve width = 36m

Median description = None

(c) The route description of National Route N10 Section 11:

(i) Starts at km (0) and ends at km (116.68)

Type of carriageway = Single

Surfacing = Bitumen Seal

Interchanges = None

Toll Plazas = None

Road reserve width = 36m

Median description = None

Page 6: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.6

(d) The route description of National Route N10 Section 12:

(i) Starts at km (0) and ends at km (134.17)

Type of carriageway = Single

Surfacing = Bitumen Seal

Interchanges = None

Toll Plazas = None

Road reserve width = 51m

Median description = None

C3.1.2.4 Time for completion

The Time for Completion of the Works shall be three years from the Commencement Date of 20 September 2015, (Ending on the 30 September 2018) with an option of an extension of up to two years at the scheduled rates, at the sole discretion of the Employer.

C3.1.3 DRAWINGS

The drawings issued in electronic format on a CD as part of the tender documents, shall be used for tender purposes only. The Contractor will be issued with the contract drawings in electronic format on a CD. Any prints which the Contractor may require shall be at own cost. Any information in the possession of the Contractor, which the Engineer requires to record as-built information, shall be supplied to the Engineer before a Taking-Over Certificate will be issued. The following referenced information shall be required in excel format and must be updated monthly: • All repairs, rejuvenation and seals to pavement • All road marking • All road signs erected • All guardrails erected, lengthened or repaired. • All drainage constructed • All shoulder repairs • All statutory work. • Weekly video recordings (once a week a recording must be done)

archived on an external hard drive in mp4 format must be submitted to SANRAL on completion of the contract period.

C3.1.4 POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER SERVICES

The Contractor shall make the Contractor’s own arrangements concerning the supply of electrical power and all other services. No direct payment will be made for the provision of electrical and other services. The cost thereof shall be deemed to be included in the rates and amounts tendered for the various items of work for which these services are required

Page 7: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.7

C3.1.5 CONSTRUCTION IN CONFINED AREAS

It may be necessary for the Contractor to work within confined areas. Except where provided for in the specifications, no additional payment will be made for work done in such confined areas. In certain instances the width of the work to be undertaken may decrease to zero and the working space may be confined. The work method in such confined areas will be determined by the Contractor’s constructional equipment. However, the Contractor must note that measurement and payment will only be made in accordance with the authorised dimensions, irrespective of the method used for achieving these dimensions and that the tendered rates and amounts shall include full compensation for all special equipment and construction methods and for all difficulties encountered when working in confined areas and narrow widths, and at or around obstructions, and that no extra payment will be made nor will any claim for additional payment be considered in such cases.

C3.1.6 CONTRACTOR’S CAMP SITE

The Contractor shall provide a suitable site for the Contractor’s camp and for accommodating the Contractor’s labourers which shall not be closer than 100m from the site offices. The Contractor will provide, at the camp site, an office for the Engineer as specified. It is a requirement that the contract camp be located in Upington

C3.1.7 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES In addition to the requirements specified in the Standard Specifications, the

Contractor shall adhere to the following requirements. C3.1.7.1 Accommodation of traffic

Reference shall be made to the requirements shown on the drawings as well as to Section M0500 of the Standard Specifications where temporary traffic control measures and limitations regarding lane closures, work areas and the unoccupied spacing of such closures are detailed. Any cost associated with the accommodation of traffic must be included in the relevant payment items under Section M0500.

C3.1.7.2 Crack sealing and pavement failure repairs

Crack sealing and pavement failure repairs shall be ordered by the Engineer as specified in Series M1000 of the Standard Specifications. Crack sealing shall normally be ordered in late winter or early spring before the summer rains, although further crack sealing may be required in summer.

The Contractor will be supplied with a schedule of work to be undertaken on the affected sections and the programming of the execution thereof is to be agreed with the Engineer.

Page 8: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.8

C3.1.7.3 Construction of drainage works to combat erosion

The Engineer may instruct the Contractor to construct new drains or to repair drainage works damaged by stormwater. Under normal circumstances, this work will generally not require the use of specialist skills or equipment and will be limited to minor earthworks and concrete works.

C3.1.7.4 Cleaning of drainage structures

The Contractor shall clean concrete drainage structures to maintain the acceptance criteria as specified. The Engineer may order the cleaning of earth drainage channels.

C3.1.7.5 Clearing of the road reserve

The Contractor shall have sufficient resources available to clear the entire road reserve included in this contract, at least at the times and frequencies as specified in the Specifications.

The Engineer may order additional clearing during peak traffic periods, particularly during long weekends and the months of July and December.

C3.1.7.6 Repairing damaged fencing, road signs and guardrails,

On a regular basis, the Contractor shall inspect the site to check for damaged fencing, road signs and guardrails.

Damage to fencing, road signs and guardrails shall be reported to the Engineer who will instruct the action to be taken by the Contractor. Within thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date the contractor shall inspect all the guardrails to ensure that they have been correctly overlapped. A report on this shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor shall control all vegetation growth around road signs in such a way necessary to prevent any damage to the road signs due to veld fires. The Contractor shall replace all road signs damaged due to veld fires at the Contractor's own cost.

C3.1.7.7 Replacement of roadstuds

The Contractor shall only replace roadstuds as specified in Section M4300 of the Standard Specifications, when and as instructed by the Engineer.

C3.1.7.8 Environmental requirements

Trees and shrubs established in landscaped areas of interchanges and in the road reserve may under no circumstances be disturbed without specific instruction from the Engineer for their removal. Trees and shrubs inadvertently destroyed by the Contractor shall be replaced with the equivalent at the Contractor’s own cost.

Disposal of any bituminous-based material shall only be at an approved location and by means of an approved method, arranged beforehand with the

Page 9: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.9

Engineer. Bituminous binders shall not be disposed of on the Site, but shall be returned to the supplier for disposal.

C3.1.7.9 Mowing of grass

The mowing of grass shall be classified into shoulder mowing and general mowing as specified in Section M6100 of the Standard Specifications.

C3.1.7.10 Fire breaks

The Contractor will be required to assist with the clearing and maintenance of fire breaks along the common boundaries with land owners along the route of the road in fire control areas, in terms of the Veld Fire Act, as described in the specifications or as directed by the Engineer.

C3.1.7.11 Maintenance and establishment of plants, trees, shrubs and

grass

Topsoiling and hydroseeding of sparse areas may be ordered by the Engineer as specified in Series M6000 of the Standard Specifications. If ordered, this work will normally be undertaken in early spring or late summer when mowing operations are not envisaged. The Contractor will not be expected to handle individual areas on a piecemeal basis, but will be supplied with a schedule of areas to be treated and be given an opportunity to agree a programme for this work with the Engineer. These comments are also applicable to the application of fertiliser and herbicides, and the planting of additional trees and shrubs. Maintenance of trees and shrubs shall be undertaken as specified in Section M6400 of the Standard Specifications. Such maintenance may include hoeing around trees and shrubs, trimming and watering. Additional watering of trees and shrubs may be ordered by the Engineer in dry periods and shall be paid for under the appropriate payment item.

C3.1.7.12 Emergency assistance

The emergency assistance as specified in Series M7000 of the Standard Specifications shall normally be ordered in the event of natural and unnatural events in the road reserve or on the road surface. This can include accidents involving commercial or passenger vehicles, clearing of spillages, sheltering of animals, fire fighting and safeguarding of dangerous areas. The Contractor will also be required, in full liaison with and under the instruction of the relevant authority, to manage and co-ordinate the clearing of accident scenes so as to ensure that the road is reinstated to a safe condition.

C3.1.7.13 Daywork

Sub-clause 13.6 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999, refers. The Contractor shall tender the rates applicable to daywork, as provided for in the Bill of Quantities. These rates will be taken into account in the adjudication of tenders.

Page 10: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.10

The tendered rates shall be considered to include full compensation for the work to be performed, including supervision of labour, all plant operators and other operating costs, overheads and profit. Hourly rates for transport and equipment shall apply to the actual number of hours for which the vehicles or equipment are required for a specific item of work, including travelling time if applicable. The Contractor shall maintain a hard cover duplicate book on site for the purposes of recording daywork. The Contractor shall record the total time claimed under each relevant item of the Bill of Quantities and the applicable instruction of the Engineer, and shall ensure that the total times claimed are agreed and signed daily by the Engineer’s representative on site. The Contractor shall not claim daywork for any work for which an applicable rate has been tendered or agreed to in writing by the Engineer. The cost of materials used and paid for by the Contractor, as authorised by the Engineer, shall be reimbursed at net cost, exclusive of Value Added Tax, plus the percentage as tendered for the Contractor's overhead charges and profit. In the event where no allowance has been made for a specific item in the Bill of Quantities, the Engineer may order daywork according to sub-clause 13.6 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

C3.1.8 ALLOWANCE FOR OTHER CONTRACTORS AND ACCOMMODATION

OF OTHER CONTRACTS

In addition to the requirements of clause 4.6 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999 the Contractor must take note of the presence of other Contractors on the site and make allowances for them on the site. This may involve adapting the Contractor’s programme to accommodate the work of other Contractors and ensuring access to their sites.

Although details of such contracts are not known it may include, inter alia,

periodic maintenance, special maintenance, rehabilitation and upgrade contracts. Depending on the scope of works for these contracts, the Contractor may be relieved of his responsibilities on the relevant section of the site during the construction period only, and this may include a reduced scope of work on performance based items where applicable.

The contracts which may be implemented during the Time for Completion of this contract are scheduled in Table C3.1.8/1:

TABLE C3.1.8/1 : PROGRAMME OF CONTRACTS

SECTION WORKS DESCRIPTION

PERIOD

FROM TO

11 N010-110-2015/1: Bridge Widening and improvement

January 2016 December 2016

12 N010-120-2015/1: Bridge Widening and improvement

September 2015 August 2016

Page 11: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.11

C3.1.9 PROGRAMME, RESTRICTION AND COMPLETION OF ACTIVITIES

This clause covers matters relating to the programme of work, restriction on certain maintenance activities, completion and responding time of specified activities, compliance with the specifications, and related delay damages and penalties.

C3.1.9.1 Programme

The Time for Completion of the Works is specified in the Appendix to Tender. The Engineer will determine the extent and frequency of the work to be

executed in terms of the contract, as certain activities are dependent upon the climatic conditions encountered during the period of the contract. The Engineer will agree on an annual programme of work per route section with the Contractor. Reference is made to clause M0203 of the Standard Specifications which specifies the requirements for the submission of a programme.

The frequency and commencement period of some of the key activities, some

of which are only on the instruction of the Engineer, are scheduled in Table C3.1.9/1

TABLE C3.1.9/1: FREQUENCY AND COMMENCEMENT PERIOD OF ACTIVITIES

Activity Frequency Start period

M0400: Route patrol Daily (Monday to Sunday

Week 1

M3200: Clearing of road reserve Road reserve Lay Byes & Rest Areas Road Reserve 5km radius around towns

Monthly Weekly(Monday’s) Weekly

Week 2 Month 1 Week 1

M6100: Controlling vegetation growth

1. Shoulder mow

2. General mow

4 times per year Instruction of Engineer

Instruction of Engineer (Feb/May/Aug/Nov) Instruction of Engineer

C3.1.9.2 Restriction on maintenance activities

Certain maintenance activities will be restricted on days with increased traffic flows. These days will be, for example, the day of school closure, over long weekends and public holidays. The Contractor must allow for these restrictions in his programme and no extension of time or claims in this regard will be considered.

Page 12: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.12

Normal routine maintenance involving lane closures (except in the event of emergency normalisation) shall be restricted on the days and for the periods stated in Table C3.1.9/2.

TABLE C3.1.9/2: RESTRICTION ON MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES

Day(s) Activity to be restricted

Period of restriction

School closures in (Northern Cape)

Lane closures, except in the event of emergency normalisation

From 12:00 on the day of closure until 07:00 on the following day

Easter weekend Lane closures, except in the event of emergency normalisation

From 12:00 on Thursday until 07:00 on Tuesday

Long weekends and public holidays

Lane closures, except in the event of emergency normalisation

From 12:00 on the day preceding commencement of long weekend or public holiday until 07:00 on the day following the long weekend or public holiday

13 December to 8 January

Lane closures, except in the event of emergency normalisation

From 00:00 on the commencement date of the restriction until 24:00 on the last date of the restriction

Note: Mowing, litter collection and emergency repairs to road signs are specifically excluded from the affected items by the builders break.

C3.1.9.3 Completion time of specified activities and penalties

Generally the maintenance activities covered by this contract will be on a continuous basis. However, certain specified activities are considered to be a priority or are critical, and it is a condition of contract that they shall be completed or responded to as specified, after receiving an instruction from the Engineer.

Should the Contractor fail to complete the specified activity or respond

timeously, or comply with the specifications, he shall be liable for delay damages or a penalty as specified in Table C3.1.9/3. The delay damages or penalty that is applicable on work undertaken by subcontractors that qualify in terms of the definition, and which has been sublet according to the specifications for the tender process, shall be apportioned between the Contractor and subcontractor in the ratio of 50/50.

Page 13: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.13

Definitions: Completion time:

Completion time is defined as that period from the date on which an instruction is received by the Contractor from the Engineer, to the date of full completion.

Responding time:

Responding time is defined as that period from the time on which an instruction is received by the Contractor from the Engineer, to the time of reporting at the place of the required activity, by the designated standby supervisor and team.

These activities, specified times, delay damages, and including penalties for

work not complying with the specifications, are indicated in Table C3.1.9/3. Notes:

(a) Indicated day means a calendar day. (b) There shall be no reduction of delay damages or penalty for partial

completion of works. (c) Delay damages and penalties as specified in Table C3.1.9/3, as well as

elsewhere in the Scope of Work shall be deducted from the amount Ac as defined in sub-clause 13.8 of the Particular Conditions of Contract, prior to multiplying the amount Ac by the Contract Price Adjustment Factor.

(d) Payment of delay damages or a penalty shall not absolve the Contractor of any claims, or relieve the Contractor of any of his duties, obligations or responsibilities under the contract.

Page 14: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.14

TABLE C3.1.9/3: SPECIFIED ACTIVITY PERIODS, DELAY DAMAGES AND PENALTIES

Activity

Completion

time or inspection frequency

Respondin

g time

Penalty for

late responding

Penalty for

late completion

Penalty for

not to specification

M0400: Route Patrol Services 1. Not submitting daily reports 2. Equipment missing as

specified 3. Not submitting alien

vegetation reports

daily daily As specified in C3.3.8.14

R500/day

R500/day R200/article

M0500: Accommodation of traffic 1. Lane closure not to

specification 2. Sign not to specification 3. Non-compliance with

Construction Reg 21

inspection daily Ad Hoc

R1000/closure R100/sign R1000/item or incident

M1200: Repair of potholes, edgebreaks and surface failures 1. Temporary repair of potholes

and surface failures 2. Permanent repair of failure 3.Temporary repair of

edgebreaks

2 days 4 weeks 14 days

R1000/day R1000/day R100/m

R5000/section

M1700: Repair of slope failures and washaways

1 month

R500/day

M2300: Cleaning of waterway structures

2 weeks R500/day

M2400: Cleaning of prefabricated culverts

inspection

R500/day

M2500: Cleaning of concrete drains and culverts

inspection

R500/day

M2600: Cleaning and maintenance of existing earth drains

1 month

R500/day

M2700: Edge build-up removal

inspection monthly

R5000/section

M3200: Collection and removal of debris and litter

inspection daily

R1000/incident

M4100: Erection and repair of permanent road traffic signs 1. R-Series 2. W-Series 3. G-Series ( after delivery) 4. Information (after delivery)

2 days 2 days 4 days 4 days

R500/day R500/day R500/day R500/day

PM4400: Guardrail erection and maintenance 1. Repair 2. Safeguard area

7 days 4 hours

R500/day R500/day

M6100: Controlling vegetation growth: Mowing and cutting 1. Shoulder mowing 2. General mowing 3. Mowing operation more than

7.0 km ahead of labourers finishing behind

4. Performance based items

6 weeks 2 months inspection monthly

1 month

R500/day R500/day

R1000/week R5000/section

M7000: Emergency assistance 1. Accident restoration and

clearing of spillages

1 hour

R250/hour

Page 15: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.15

TABLE C3.1.9/3: SPECIFIED ACTIVITY PERIODS, DELAY DAMAGES AND PENALTIES

Activity

Completion

time or inspection frequency

Respondin

g time

Penalty for

late responding

Penalty for

late completion

Penalty for

not to specification

2. Sheltering of animals 3. Fire fighting 4. Safeguard of dangerous

areas

1 hour 1 hour 1 hour

R250/hour R250/hour R250/hour

M9000: Daywork

As instructed

1 week

R500/day

R500/day

GENERAL 1. OH&S Plan 2. Quality Assurance System 3. Other specified or

programmed activity 4. Any particular, routine or

non-routine activity on instruction of the Engineer

As specified As specified As instructed

As instructed

R500/day

R500/day R500/day

R1000/incident R1000/incident

C3.1.10 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

The following Acts, as amended from time to time, are predominant amongst those which apply to the construction industry, and shall apply to the contract. They are listed here for reference purposes only: (i) Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (Act No 108 of !996); (ii) Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999); (iii) Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No 5 of

2000); (iv) Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 (Act No 53 of

2003); and (v) Construction Industry Development Board Act, 2000 (Act No 38 of 2000)

and Regulations; (vi) Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993) and

Construction Regulations, 2014; (vii) Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, 1993 (Act

No 130 of 1993); (viii) rates for wages and conditions of labour agreed by the Bargaining

Council for the Civil Engineering Industry in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995 (Act No 66 of 1995).

In addition to the above, in terms of National Treasury Instruction No 3 of 2014/2015 with reference to the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 of 1999) and Regulations, the Contractor and subcontractors are required to provide the Employer with written confirmation to access the SARS Electronic Tax Compliance Status (TCS) System to verify and continuously track the tax compliance status of all persons conducting business with the State.

C3.1.11 MANAGEMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT The Contractor shall be responsible for construction according to an

Environmental Management Plan in terms of Section C3.3 of the Scope of Work.

Page 16: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.16

The Contractor must take the utmost care to minimise the impact of his

establishment and other construction activities on the environment and must adhere to the requirements as set out in Section C3.3 of the Scope of Work. Where the contractor fails to adhere to these requirements, the specifications in Section C3.3 provide the methodology of the remedy.

C3.1.12 TARGETED PROCUREMENT

The South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited (SANRAL) is committed to the implementation of Government's policies and in turn expects the same from its contractors. In order to comply with the objectives of its preferential procurement policy, SANRAL will utilise its targeted procurement procedure which is the process used to create a demand for the services and supplies of, or to secure the participation of, targeted enterprises in contracts. Accordingly, it is a requirement of this project that the Contractor is familiar with the specifications that relate to the transformation of the construction industry through the following: (i) adherence to the policies and initiatives of the Government; (ii) employment of targeted enterprises; (iii) provide mentoring, guidance and assistance to targeted enterprises; (iv) arrangement of engineering skills, entrepreneurial skills and generic

skills training programmes for targeted enterprises, for which provision has been made in the Bill of Quantities;

(v) liaison with government institutions and community-based structures; and

(vi) facilitating a wellness program for site employees and their relatives.

In this regard, Section C3.4 of the Scope of Work covers the Contractor’s requirements in detail, as well as defining the procurements targets.

C3.1.13 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

In terms of the Construction Regulation 4(1)(a) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993), the South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited, as the Employer, is required to compile a specification on health and safety for the project. Section C3.5 of the Scope of Work contains the specification that regulates the Contractor’s construction methods to ensure health and safety of his employees, subcontractors and the public.

C3.1.14 CHANGES TO SCOPE OF WORK

It is a condition of this contract that the employer reserves the right to limit the total expenditure on the Works due to possible budget constraints. Should the tender sum exceed the budgeted amount, the scope of the works may be reduced at any time before or during the contract period to ensure that the final contract amount does not exceed the budgeted amount. Reference is made to the particular specification M0208 (i) in Section 3.2 of the Scope of Work.

Page 17: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.17

C3.1.15 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE REPORTS

The Engineer is responsible for the completion of the contractor performance reports on behalf of the Employer. These reports will be completed monthly and on issuance of the Taking-Over Certificate.

The standard for contractor performance reports provides for a uniform and consistent method of assessment of the performance of the Contractor with respect to the following project parameters regarding the Contractor meeting its contractual obligations and achievement of targets:

(i) time management; (ii) cost management; (iii) quality management; (iv) health and safety management; (v) management of site conditions; and (vi) management of subcontractors (including payment).

Each performance report will be discussed with the Contractor, who will be given an opportunity to comment on the assessment. The Engineer must respond to any issues raised by the Contractor in writing, and the Contractor’s comments and the written response by the Engineer must form part of the contractor performance report. The contractor performance report will be signed off by the Employer.

The monthly contractor performance reports and other inputs from the Engineer will be used to monitor and evaluate the Contractor’s performance throughout the contract.

A similar process must be followed by the Contractor to complete the CIDB registered sub-contractor’s reports and submit copies of these reports to the Engineer on a monthly basis.

C3.1.16 INTEGRATED TRANSPORTATION INFORMATION SYSTEM

The Employer has developed a comprehensive information management tool called ITIS (Integrated Transportation Information System) to address all facets of its strategic and tactical planning, design, construction and maintenance of the entire road network. This provides support for the management tasks of the Employer and to allow the personnel to make technical decisions more quickly and efficiently.

ITIS is an integrated approach to the sharing and inter-relating of technical performance information for the Employer, and relies on people following procedures to populate system with data. ITIS currently consist of the following platforms:

ITIS Web – Web enabled portal providing online access to various functions, workflows and reports.

ITIS Desktop – Offline data capture tool enabling the capture of information offline, validation and then synchronisation of data with the ITIS database.

Page 18: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.18

ITIS Mobile – Application (Android 4.3 or later and IOS 6 or later) that allows the in-field capture of information using a smart phone or tablet (must have camera and GPS), validation and then synchronisation of data with the ITIS database.

The Employer then has several ITIS modules running on any of the above ITIS platforms which affect the Contractor, who will need to use these modules to perform certain procedures and to provide required information. The current modules applicable to routine maintenance and their description are as follows:

Contract Module – management of contracts;

Routine Road Maintenance Module - issuing of job instructions (estimates, photographs and workflows) and preparing the payment certificate;

Incident Module – recording of incidents on site; and

Project Information Module – employment and training data.

The contractor must provide printed hard copies of any of the ITIS reports or submissions monthly basis.

C3.1.17 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS C3.1.17.1 Key personnel

The key personnel required for this contract are detailed in the table in

paragraph C3.1.17.2 according to the CIDB contractor grading designation determined for the contract.

C3.1.17.2 Minimum requirements

The minimum requirements with regards to qualification, registration and experience in civil engineering/construction field, for the Contractor’s key personnel shall be as indicated in the table below.

Position

Contracts up to 6CE Contracts 7CE or higher

Minimum technical

qualification or registration

Minimum relevant

experience (years)1

Minimum technical

qualification or registration

Minimum relevant

experience (years)1

Contract Manager or person within Company

None specified None specified

PrEng or PrTech2 with ECSA or PrCM with SACPCMP3

10

Contractor’s Representative (Construction Manager - Site Agent)

None specified 10 None specified 15

National Diploma in Civil Engineering

5 National Diploma in Civil Engineering

7

NQF 6 5 NQF 6 7

Construction Health and Safety Officer (CHSO) within Company

CHSO with SACPCMP

As required by SACPCMP

CHSO with SACPCMP

As required by SACPCMP

Page 19: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.19

1 Relevant experience is the actual number of years, measured from the date

of acquiring the base qualification, working in the civil engineering/construction field.

2 Registered with the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) or any other international body recognised by the Employer. Foreigners with permanent South African residence longer than 5 (five) years shall be ECSA registered.

3 South African Council for Project and Construction Management Professions.

For any proposed change in key personnel during the contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for consent the name and particulars of the person the Contractor proposes to appoint. The Contractor shall not, without the prior consent of the Engineer, revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s key personnel or appoint a replacement.

Page 20: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.20

C3.2 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS The Standard Specifications for Routine Road Maintenance, October 2001, as amended by particular specifications, shall apply to this contract. The particular specifications comprise standard and particular amendments issued by South African National Roads Agency SOC Ltd, and are set out in this section. C3.2.1 STANDARD AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following standard amendments shall apply. Section No Clause No or Item No Amendment M0200 Substitute "Bill of Quantities" for "Schedule of Quantities" throughout

the Standard Specifications. M0204 Insert the following as the first paragraph "In terms of sub-clause 4.9

of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999 the Contractor shall institute a quality assurance system to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the contract. The Contractor shall submit the quality assurance system he proposes using, to the Engineer for his approval, within two weeks of the Commencement Date. Once accepted by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not deviate from it unless written notification of proposed changes have similarly been submitted and approved. The system shall record the lines and levels of responsibility, and indicate the method by which testing procedures will be conducted. The Engineer shall audit any aspect of the Contractor's quality assurance system. Should the Contractor fail in any aspect of his quality assurance system, he will be penalised by the amount specified in the Scope of Work per incident."

M0208 (f) At the end of the third paragraph add "If the work is executed using

rates from the daywork schedule, then the sum for overhead charges and profit in terms of sub-clause 13.5 (b)(ii) is not applicable."

M0221 In the heading of the clause delete "ABE". M0402 (b) Replace the first paragraph with "The route patrol service will be

provided by a route patrol team consisting of the patrol vehicle, with active tracking service, dashcam video or similar equipment and personnel. The minimum requirements in respect of the patrol vehicle, equipment and personnel to be supplied by the Contractor, are as follows:"

M3102 (c) Add the following paragraph to section M3102.

“All new strands of fencing wire must be painted with a coat of galvanised primer and thereafter with a coat of sunflower yellow fire resistant paint”

M3203 Add the following paragraph to section M3203:

Page 21: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.21

“Inspection of Collection and Removal of Debris and Litter for Payment:

Inspection for the collection and removal of debris and litter will be

undertaken after a clearing operation. If the clearing operation does not comply with the acceptance criteria, then for each incident of non-compliance the penalty as specified in the Scope of Work is applicable.”

M4304 Move the fifth paragraph in Section M4611 and insert it as the fourth

paragraph in Section M4304. M6402 (c) (ix) Replace "yellow line on the outside shoulder" with "edge of

surfacing". M6402 (c) Add the sub-item "(x) Shrubs shall not be planted closer than 7m

from the edge of surfacing, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer."

TABLE M7102/1 Delete "1 ton LDV with pushbars, cage-work and ramp and " in row

1. M720.01 Amend sub-item (a) to "Accident restoration and clearing of

spillages". Omit sub-item (b) and re-number (c), (d) and (e) to (b), (c) and (d).

DWG 3 Add as a note "The designated areas are part of the shoulder mow." DWG 5 Add as a note "The areas forming part of items M620.01 and

M620.02 are specified in the Scope of Work". SARTSM-VOL2 Figures 13.37.1 and 2. Must include 4 flagmen, 2 in each direction.

Page 22: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.22

C3.2.2 PARTICULAR AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

In certain clauses the Standard Specifications allow a choice to be specified in the Scope of Work between alternative materials or methods of construction and for additional requirements to be specified to suit a particular contract. Details of such alternatives or additional requirements applicable to this contract are contained in this section of the Scope of Work. It also contains some additional specifications required for this particular contract.

The number of each clause and each payment item in this section of the Scope of Work consists of the prefix P followed by a number corresponding to the number of the relevant clause or payment item in the Standard Specifications. The number of a new clause or a new payment item which does not form part of a clause or a payment item in the Standard Specifications and which is included here, is also prefixed by P followed by a new number. The new numbers follow on the last clause or item number used in the relevant section of the Standard Specifications.

Page 23: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.23

SECTION M0200: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROVISIONS

M0204 WORKMANSHIP AND QUALITY CONTROL Amend item number "M0204" to read as item numbers “PM0204” and delete

and replace M0204 with:

PM0204 WORKMANSHIP AND QUALITY CONTROL The onus rests with the Contractor to produce work which conforms in quality and accuracy of detail to all the requirements of the specifications and the drawings at the Contractor’s own expense, institute a quality control system and provide experienced engineers, foremen, surveyors, materials technicians, other technicians and other technical staff, together with all transport, instruments and equipment, to ensure adequate supervision and positive control of the works at all times. The minimum instruments required and which shall be available at all times are the following:

Calibrated level, tripod and 4m levelling stave.

The CSIR field kit for quality assurance of general sealed-road maintenance, which includes all the apparatus necessary to monitor and quantify the measurable properties.

The Contractor shall determine the frequencies at which quality or process control tests are to be undertaken. The Engineer will, however, undertake acceptance control tests for the judgement of workmanship and quality of products without accepting any responsibilities vested with the Contractor in terms of the contract. The minimum testing frequencies for the different layer works and concrete work are the following:

Description Unit Quantity Number of tests

Test method

Concrete m3 3 1 SANAS concrete strength

Shoulder reconstruction

m3 Daily when compacting

As specified

CSIR test kit

Shoulder reconstruction

m3 200 1 COLTO Tables 3402/1&2 at SANAS laboratory

Layer works below sub base layer

m3 Daily when compacting

As specified

CSIR test kit

Layer works below sub base layer

m3 300 1 COLTO Tables 3402/1&2 at SANAS laboratory

Sub base layer m3 Daily when compacting

As specified

CSIR test kit

Sub base layer m3 200 1 COLTO Tables 3402/1,2&5 at SANAS laboratory

Base layer m3 Daily when compacting

As specified

CSIR test kit

Base layer m3 100 1 RRM Standard specifications TableM1105/1,2&3 or COLTO Tables 3402/1,2&5 at SANAS laboratory

Cold mix asphalt CMA

t Daily when compacting

As specified

CSIR test kit

Page 24: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.24

Cold mix asphalt CMA

t 20 1 Suppliers specifications at SANAS laboratory

Hot mix asphalt HMA

t Daily when compacting

As specified

CSIR test kit

Hot mix asphalt HMA

t 20 1 RRM Standard specifications TableM1105/4&5 at SANAS laboratory

The cost of all supervision and process control, including testing, so carried out by the Contractor shall be deemed to be included in the rates tendered for the related items of work, except that the cost of certain tests and the provision of certain items of testing and sampling equipment shall be paid for separately as provided for in those sections of the specifications where this applies. On completion of every part of the work and submission thereof to the Engineer for examination, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the results of all relevant tests, measurements and levels indicating compliance with the specified requirements.” CSIR test kit: http://www.csir.co.za/pothole_guides/ PM0208 PAYMENT Add the following new sub-clause: “(i) Rates to remain unchanged Dependent on the rates and prices offered in the Bill of Quantities, the employer intends to increase or reduce the scope of work to match the budget allowed for this project. The value of such increase or reduction in the scope of works shall not give cause for the contractor to vary the offered rates and prices, which shall remain final and binding for the duration of the contract.”

Page 25: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.25

PM0224 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Amend item number "M020.03" to read as item number “PM020.03” and add the following to the description of the measurement and payment for this item: “This item will be used for the cost of advertising on instruction of the Engineer. This item shall not include any costs related to advertisements for the pre-qualification and tender processes for subcontractors.” SECTION M0300: CONTRACTOR’S ESTABLISHMENT ON SITE AND GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

PM0302 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Under (a) the third paragraph: Camps, constructional equipment and testing facilities, include the following: “The tendered lump sum shall not include any fixed obligation costs for the subcontracts involving a targeted enterprise each.” and

“It is also a requirement that the Site Agent and Route Manager shall drive the site together once per week.”

(b) ” Office for the Engineer

The Contractor will provide the Engineer with office space (3 separate offices) of at least 35m² and 2 carports for the sole use of the Engineer at the Contractor’s campsite or offices. The office shall have double walls filled with insulating material and lined on the inside with timber or other approved material. Ceilings (insulated) shall be provided for the office building. The office building shall have timber floors or concrete floors with vinyl floor tiles. Window areas of the office shall be at least equal to 25% of the floor area. The office shall be provided with approved burglar proofing. The clear height of all offices between floor and ceiling shall be 2,4m minimum. All windows shall be of the type that can open over the full window area.

The office building shall be painted with an approved paint after erection. The paint work shall be maintained during the contract period. The access door shall be a safety door quipped with a lock and two keys. The office shall be provided with 220 volt electricity and 2 double plug socket outlet points. The sitting and orientation of the office shall be to the Engineer’s satisfaction and shall be decided on in consultation with the Engineer and confirmed in writing before erection. The Contractor shall provide and install a low noise split unit air-conditioning unit for the office. The air-conditioning unit shall be of the electrically operated compressor type with closed circuit and not of the evaporation type. The capacity of the air-conditioning unit shall be at least 2,2kW. The Contractor shall construct the carports for the Engineer to protect the Engineer’s vehicle at all times against the direct rays of the sun. Each

Page 26: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.26

carport shall be at least 20m² each. The carport shall be at least 3m wide and shall have headroom of at least 2m. The roof of the carport shall be waterproof. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision and payment of cleaning services, electricity, water and sewerage and internet (ADSL WiFi). The data usage cost shall be split between the Contractor and the Engineer The offices of the engineer and contractor must be cleaned minimum three times per week. The office and carports shall meet with the approval of the Engineer.

(f) “Facilities for meetings” The contractor shall provide an office where meetings can be held. The

office must be equipped with a conference table and with a minimum of ten (10) chairs. The meeting room shall meet with the approval of the engineer.

Under paragraph (e) Cellular phone include the following after the first sentence: “The personnel shall be equipped with a cell phone for the Employer’s ITIS Mobile application, with the following specification:

- Operating System: Android or Apple iOS - Camera resolution: 5 Mega Pixel or Greater - Screen Resolution: Greater or equal to 320 x 480 pixels - GPS: Must have GPS facility, with Geo Tagging facility for images - Data connection: 3G or greater.

In addition, the same requirement of a cell phone shall apply to the subcontracts

involving subcontractors which costs shall be included in their subcontracts.” Insert new paragraphs (f), (g) and (h) as follows. “(f) Occupational health and safety

The Contractor shall comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993) as well as all applicable Regulations. The contractor remains responsible for the health and safety of his employees and those of his Mandataries. The specifications with which the Contractor shall comply with are detailed in the Project Specifications.

(g) Management of the environment

The Contractor shall be responsible for construction according to an Environmental Management Plan in terms of the specifications detailed in the Project Specifications. The Contractor must take the utmost care to minimise the impact of his establishment and other construction activities on the environment and must adhere to the requirements as set out in the specifications.

(h) Reporting

Page 27: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.27

The Contractor shall compile and submit monthly reports on his activities and obligations relating to employment, training, subcontractor development, and other aspects in terms of the specifications contained in the Project Specifications. Some of these reports are to be submitted onto the Employer’s Project Information Module.”

PM0303 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Amend item numbers "M030.01" and "M030.02" to read as item numbers “PM030.01” and “PM030.02” and add the following to the description of the measurement and payment for these items: ”The Camp Site of the Contractor shall be in De Aar.” and “The tendered lump sum shall not include any fixed obligation costs for subcontractors.” Replace item number "M030.03" with “PM030.03” as follows:

"PM030.03 Time-related obligations (a) General obligations month (b) Occupational health and safety obligations month (c) Environmental obligations month (d) Reporting obligations month month

The tendered rate per month represents full compensation for that part of the Contractor’s obligations, which are mainly a function of time. The tendered sum will be paid monthly, pro rata for parts of a month, until the end of the period for completion of the works. The tendered rate per month for sub-item PM030.03 (a) represents full compensation for that part of the Contractor’s general obligations, i.e. the insurance and indemnities required in terms of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999 and all other obligations, excluding occupational health and safety. The tendered rate per month shall include full compensation for all the Contractor’s costs arising from subletting to subcontractors including, but not limited to, the provision of supervision, assistance required in terms of the specifications, and the administration of the subcontracts. It shall not include any costs of the Contractor for the coaching, guidance and mentoring of subcontractors. The tendered rate per month shall not include any costs for the time-related obligations of subcontractors.

The Tendered rate shall further include for providing for the following including all associated costs: • Guidance, assisting and mentoring of sub-contractors. • The Site Agent and Route Manager shall drive the site together once per

week. • The site agent shall be issued with a Smartphone to interact with SANRAL’s

ITIS maintenance module in terms of GPS, photos, web downloads etc.

Page 28: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.28

• Include the provision of a vehicle tracking system in the Route Patrol vehicle, dashcam including data storage facilities,

• ADSL or similar uncapped internet connection. The data usage cost shall be split between the Contractor and the Engineer.

The tendered rate per month for sub-items PM030.03 (b) and (c) represents full compensation for that part of the Contractor’s health and safety, and environmental obligations. The tendered rate per month for sub-item PM030.03 (d) represents full compensation for that part of the Contractor’s reporting obligations. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for compiling the information regarding employment, training, subcontractor development, and other aspects in terms of the specifications, and capturing it on the project information module or submitting it by alternative means, monthly, within 5 working days the month after the reporting month, for the full duration of the Contract, It shall further include for all personnel and other costs, disbursements, overheads and profit.” The tendered rate for per no-month for sub-item DM030.06 represents full compensation for mentoring and coaching by full time site staff as detailed under section C3.4.10.

Page 29: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.29

SECTION M0400: ROUTE PATROL SERVICE

PM0402 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Replace the first paragraph with "The route patrol service will be provided by a route patrol team consisting of the patrol vehicle, with active tracking service and dashboard video camera with GPS capability. The minimum requirements in respect of the patrol vehicle, equipment and personnel to be supplied by the Contractor, are the following: Delete the first paragraph in item (c) relating to the requirement for a Global Positioning System. Add the following under (a) The duties of the route patrol services: (viii) Alien Vegetation The contractor shall be responsible to train the DEO and route patrol person in the identification of alien vegetation and submit the following reports, identifying the species, infestation density and location to the engineer.

The report reference must be A report within the first two months after commencement of the contract.

Annually 1 month before the start of the annual alien vegetation eradication.

Annually two weeks after the completion of the annual alien vegetation eradication.

The report reference must be the blue km marker boards, which side of the road, the plant type observed and a photo of the plant. (ix) Inspection reports

The contractor shall as part of his route patrol duties, inform the Engineer compliance with the following specifications:

PM2401

PM2501

PM2701 (x) Video recordings

The contractor shall as part of his route patrol duties, and whenever route patrol is travelling on route, continuously record the route with an approved dashcam. The daily video recordings must be downloaded and every recording must be available on request for at least a month. At least one recording of the project, total length of the road sections, must be archived on an external hard drive storage in mp4 format which must be submitted to SANRAL as part of the request for the taking over certificate as specified in the general conditions of contract; FIDIC clause 10.1 PM0403 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item "M040.01" to read as "PM040.01" and amend item PM040.01 "06:00 in the morning to 22:00" to read "07:00 in the morning to 17:00".

Page 30: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.30

SECTION M0500: ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC Replace the whole of M0500 with PM050 as follows.

“SECTION PM0500: ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC

CONTENTS PM0501 SCOPE PM0502 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PM0503 MATERIALS PM0504 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PM0501 SCOPE

This section covers the provision, erection and maintenance of the necessary temporary signs and barricades, and everything necessary for the safe and easy passage of all public traffic during maintenance operations on single and dual carriageway roads. This section also covers the requirements and duties of the traffic safety officer.

PM0502 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (a) The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a list of temporary

road signs with the Contractor’s programme for approval. The list will contain the necessary temporary road signs the Contractor will require to achieve the rate of progress set out in the Contractor’s programme. The submission of such a list to the Engineer and the approval thereof, shall not release the Contractor of any responsibilities and time restraints under the contract.

The Contractor will not be responsible for the provision of

temporary road signs for work undertaken by specialist subcontractors inter alia road marking, mill and replace repairs, and repairs to structures, as the provision of temporary road signs will be included as part of the scope of work in the subcontracts. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide temporary road signs for visual inspections, materials testing and survey work, but payment for this will be made from daywork.

Page 31: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.31

Schedule of temporary traffic control facilities per activity / team

SIGN DESCRIPTION

SIZE (MM) No

GRASS CUTTING: SHOULDER MOW (Typical Drawing SP-H-7-4)

Regulatory signs

TR 103/104 Keep left/Right 1200 2

TR 201 Speed Limit 1200 2

Warning Signs

TW 336 Road Works ahead

1500 2

TW 336 WA & TIN11.2

Road works ahead

1600 x 1200 2

TW 338 Loose Stones 1500 2

TW 339 General warning

1500 2

TW 411 Barricade 1800 x 300 1

Information Signs

TIN 11.4 End thank You 1500 x 400 4

Localised Shoulder Work (Typical Drawing SP-H-7-3)

Regulatory Signs

TR 201/100/80/60

Speed limit 1200 2

TR 103/104 Keep Left / right

1200 2

TR 201 Speed Limit 1200 2

Warnings Signs

TW 330 Road narrows 1500 2

TW 336 Road Works ahead

1500 2

TW 336 WA & TIN11.2

Road Works ahead

1600 x 1200 2

TW 387 Grader 1500 2

TW 338 Loose stones 1500 2

TW 411 Barricade 1800 x 300 1

Information Signs

TIN 11.3 Distance Plates

1500 x 400 2

TIN 11.4 End Thank You

1500 x 400 2

Lane Closure: Single Carriageway (Typical drawing SP-H-6-1)

Page 32: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.32

Regulatory Signs

TR 103/104 Keep Left / right

1200 2

R1.5 Stop / Go 900 2

TR 201 Speed Limit 1200 2

TR 201 Speed Limit 1200 4

Warnings Signs

TW 330 Road narrows 1500 2

TW 336 Road Works ahead

1500 2

TW 336 WA & TIN11.2

Road Works ahead

1600 x 1200 2

TW 338 Loose stones 1500 2

TW 343 Stop / Go 1500 2

TW 401 Delineator 800 x 200 50

Schedule of temporary traffic control facilities per activity / team

DESCRIPTION SIZE (MM) No

TW 402 Delineator 800 x 200 50

TW 411 Barricade 1800 x 300 1

Information Signs

TIN 11.3 Distance Plates

1500 x 400 2

TIN 11.4 End Thank You

1500 x 400 2

INCIDENT RESPONSE (Typical Drawing SP-H-7-1)

Regulatory Signs

R1.5 Stop 2

Warning signs

TW 302 Stop / Go Control

1500 2

TW 339 WA&TIN11.3

General Warning

1600 x 1200 2

TW 346 Police 1500 2

TW 401 Delineator 800 x 200 25

TW 402 Delineator 800 x 200 25

Information Signs

TIN 11.3 Distance Plates 1500 x 400 2

(b) Traffic Safety Officer

Page 33: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.33

(i) General Duties

The Contractor shall designate in writing a Traffic Safety

Officer (TSO) who shall be the responsible person to fulfil all the duties for the arrangements and maintenance of all accommodation of traffic measures required for the duration of the contract. In addition, each team shall have a Traffic Safety Representative (TSR) designated in writing, who shall be the responsible person for the arrangements and maintenance of all accommodation of traffic measures required for the respective team.

The Contractor shall submit a Curriculum Vitae (CV) of the

proposed Traffic Safety Officer and each Traffic Safety Representative to the Engineer for approval.

The Traffic Safety Officer and each Traffic Safety

Representative shall have undergone accredited training in the identification of hazardous materials, traffic safety and traffic accommodation.

The Traffic Safety Representative shall confirm on neat

and dimensioned layout sketches, and submit to the Traffic Safety Officer, the position and sign reference number where applicable of each sign, barricade, delineator, cone, amber, flicker light, guardrail and permanent or temporary painted road marking feature. The position of each shall be adequately referenced to identifiable permanent features located along the site of the works.

The records shall be amended whenever changes are made in the field and the revised detailed sketches shall be submitted to the TSO. This shall include the recording of the position of flagmen and STOP/GO controllers and their associated traffic accommodation equipment wherever they are used.

The Traffic Safety Officer shall personally inspect the

position and condition of each traffic accommodation feature weekly to record all irregularities discovered and the remedial action taken, and to sign off as correct and submit to the Engineer such record sheets weekly by Friday at 16:00. .

(ii) Equipment

The Contractor shall provide the Traffic Safety Officer with

the necessary resources, inter alia, a suitable vehicle being a light delivery van, warning signs and amber LED (Light Emitting Diode) flashing lights with a minimum visibility of 200m away.A warning board shall be displayed on the vehicle to be clearly visible, which shall be 250 mm

Page 34: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.34

high and display the word TRAFFIC CONTROL in bold black letters on a yellow reflective background material.

The Traffic Safety Officer shall carry first aid equipment at

all times in the vehicle. The vehicle shall be equipped with a cellular phone and car kit and be on the Contractor’s site radio net where applicable. The Traffic Safety Officer, the Officer’s vehicle, equipment and personnel shall be available 24 hours per day and on special non-working days/hours as specified and shall not be utilised for other duties except emergency call-outs. The Traffic Safety Officer shall liaise directly with the Engineer regarding matters relating to the control of traffic.

(iii) Accidents

The Contractor shall participate in the Incident

Management System for the route. The Traffic Safety Officer shall also be responsible for contacting the Centralized Communication Centre in accordance with Incident Management System (IMS) protocol in the event of an accident on the section of road under maintenance and provide reasonable assistance in the event of a dangerous or life threatening situation.

The Traffic Safety Officer shall obtain all available

information on incidents and accidents at the site and submit these to the Engineer for the Employer’s Incident Management System. The Traffic Safety Officer shall monitor and carry out an audit of all activities at a major accident scene. This includes a detailed activity report on the resources, equipment and material used by the various responding parties at the accident scene. In addition, photographs which have the date and time recorded shall be taken at the accident scene showing the traffic control facilities in place, and any other relevant information. This information will be used by the Engineer who will be responsible for verifying all claims received from involved parties prior to being passed onto the Employer.

(c) The Contractor shall provide, erect, maintain and remove the

necessary traffic control facilities, road signs, channelization devices, barricades and warning devices (hereinafter referred to as traffic control facilities) as shown on the drawings and in Chapter 13 of Volume 2 of the South African Road Traffic Signs Manual. Figures 13.37.1 and 2. must include 4 flagmen, 2 in each direction. The Contractor shall ensure that the abovementioned traffic control devices are present where required at all times and are functioning properly.

The failure to provide all the signs or refusal by the Contractor

to take the necessary precautions for the safety and convenience of public traffic as required by this document, Statutory Authorities or as ordered by the Engineer, shall be

Page 35: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.35

sufficient cause for closing down all work until all provisions prescribed have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

(d) Traffic control devices no longer required at the site of a

deviation or a lane closure shall be moved for reuse. Traffic control devices lost or damaged by the Contractor or public shall be replaced at the Contractor’s cost.

(e) The type of construction, spacing and placement of traffic control

devices shall be in accordance with Chapter 13 of Volume 2 of the South African Road Traffic Signs Manual or as shown on the drawings.

(f) The Contractor shall arrange the work so that the traffic shall at

all times have unimpeded one way access to at least half the width of the road on single carriageway roads, and one or two lanes on dual carriageway roads during the execution of maintenance work. Whenever possible, the Contractor shall ensure that the whole road width or carriageway shall be open at night and all signs no longer applicable to the situation removed or effectively covered. If the road or carriageway is not in a safe trafficable condition over the whole width at the end of each day's work, the Contractor shall supply adequate flagmen, signs, barriers, lights and necessary staff to ensure a reasonable free flow of traffic alternately in each direction on single carriageway roads and on one or two lanes on dual carriageway roads throughout the whole period that the roadway is opened to traffic.

(g) Work on a carriageway shall be restricted to one side of the

carriageway only at any particular point and no work may be carried out simultaneously on the slow shoulder and fast lane.

Traffic shall not be permitted to deviate around both sides of a

working area, which is situated in the middle of a carriageway. Only in exceptional circumstances such as a working area being in close proximity to an on-ramp, will traffic be permitted to travel on both sides of the working area, whereby traffic from the on-ramp shall be separated from through traffic until the vehicles have travelled a safe distance beyond the working area. Such traffic deviations shall be carried out only under the specific authorisation of the Engineer.

Temporary lane closures shall be subject to the approval of the

Engineer and may not be permitted on days and time periods when high traffic volumes are anticipated. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing, in advance of such restrictions.

Temporary lane closures will only be permitted in daylight hours,

unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the restricted hours of work on normal maintenance activities on certain sections of the site, as detailed in the Project Specifications. Work may also be

Page 36: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.36

stopped if there is excessive traffic flow or traffic congestion, at the discretion of the Engineer.

(h) The various traffic control facilities, which may be required, are

as follows:

(i) Traffic control devices

Traffic control devices include the use of flagmen, portable STOP and STOP/GO signs, and traffic control signals, whichever may be the most suitable method under prevailing circumstances. Traffic control signals shall be erected only if so specified in the Project Specifications or upon an instruction in writing, by the Engineer.

(ii) Road signs and barricades

Road signs shall include all signs in the R, W and G series,

which shall also include danger plates and removable barricades.

The basic minimum clearance for the R, W and G Series

shall be 800 mm from the road surface.

(iii) Channelization devices and barricades.

Channelization devices shall include cones and delineators. Barricades include barrier lattices, movable barricades or other types as shown on the drawings. All delineators shall be manufactured from plastic.

The use of steel drums as channelization devices will not

be permitted.

Temporary warning signs, delineators and barricades shall be of the black, yellow and red type, in accordance with the drawings, but regulatory signs shall be in accordance with Chapter 13 of Volume 2 of the South African Road Traffic Signs Manual.

(iv) Flagmen

The Contractor shall provide well-trained flagmen for each

work area during the daytime as specified in the drawings. Each flagman must have a red flag with the minimum size of 600 mm x 600 mm and a highly visible vest over his overall.

A flagman must be positioned to give sufficient warning in

advance when loading, unloading or access of plant and equipment disrupts the flow of traffic.

(i) All vehicles and items of mobile equipment operating on site

shall comply with the Construction Regulation 21(1 and 2) and shall be supplied with electrically operated amber rotating/led

Page 37: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.37

(Light Emitting Diode) lights of robust construction. The amber lens shall have a height of at least 150 mm and an output of at least 100 W. The beacons shall be so placed as to be clearly visible from all directions from a distance of 300 m.

In addition, all powered vehicles used on the contract shall be

fitted with warning sign boards mounted across the back and front of the vehicle. These boards shall be displayed on the vehicle to be clearly visible, which shall be 250 mm high and display the word MAINTENANCE in bold black letters on a yellow reflective background material.

In Addition, all powered vehicles used on the contract shall be

identifiable and have sign boards mounted on the side of the vehicle. These boards shall be displayed on the vehicle to be clearly visible, which shall display the Contractors name in bold black letters on a white background material.

(j) The Contractor shall provide at the Contractor’s expense, reflective waistcoats and overalls, which have been approved by the Engineer for each worker on site.

(k) The following standards shall be applied when selecting and

positioning road signs.

(i) Only standard signs shall be used.

(ii) The signs shall be clean and in good condition. (iii) The start of lane closures shall be positioned such that a

minimum sight distance of 300 m, measured at a height of 1,05 m from the road surface, is obtained.

(iv) The sign stands and foot pieces shall be sufficiently robust

and be large enough to enable the signs to be sufficiently ballasted to prevent the signs from being blown over by wind or air disturbance caused by passing vehicles.

(v) The signs shall be displayed according to the standard

specified.

(vi) The sign layout must give the travelling public time to understand and respond to the information, which the signs convey.

(vii) Always place signs furthermost away from the work area

and then work inwards in the direction of traffic.

(viii) On completion of the work remove cones/signs by starting at the work area and work outwards against the flow of traffic.

(l) The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against all

proceedings, claims, actions, damages and costs which may

Page 38: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.38

arise from or be related to the functioning or replacement of traffic control facilities.

(m) The type of construction, spacing and placement of all traffic control devices shall also be co-ordinated with the relevant traffic authority.

(n) The following limitations to construction lengths and occupations

of the road sections shall apply: (i) The maximum length of the work area within a half-width

or shoulder closure shall be 2 km.

(ii) The minimum gap between closures shall be 3 km.

(iii) Closures shall not be allowed opposite each other.

(iv) On non-working days and between sunset and sunrise all temporary road signs and traffic control facilities shall be removed from the carriageway with all traffic lanes fully open to traffic.

(o) Penalties Penalties shall be applied when the accommodation of traffic is

not done according to the specified standards, and if maintenance of temporary road signs is not done timeously. Where the accommodation of traffic per work area is non-compliant the penalty as specified in the Project Specifications is applicable. The Contractor will not be allowed to continue with any work until the accommodation of traffic complies with the specifications.

Penalties shall be applied where temporary road signs have

been left in place and are not applicable. The penalty as specified in the Project Specifications is applicable.

Verbal instructions in this regard shall be binding, and such

instructions must, with complete detail on times, number of signs, positions and delays, be confirmed in writing in the official site diary. Penalties shall be recorded in the minutes of the site meetings.

(p) Quality of signs Signs are to be treated with due care and signs are to be stacked

vertically with spacers at all times. Signs are to last at least 18 months. Replacement of damaged signs within the specified 18 months will be at the Contractor’s own cost, unless the Contractor can provide evidence of unforeseen circumstances that resulted in the deteriorating of the signs sooner than anticipated and therefore need to be replaced.

Page 39: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.39

PM0503 MATERIALS (a) Steel plate

Steel plate for road signs shall be 1,40 mm thick pre-painted galvanised steel plate (chromadek) which has been treated on both sides with an epoxy primer followed by a silicone polyester top coat. The reverse side of the sign shall be dark grey, and for a STOP sign it shall be white.

(b) Steel profiles Standard sign profiles shall be 200 mm sections with a thickness

of 1,0 mm, manufactured from pre-painted galvanised mild steel substrate (chromadek), and shall comply with the drawings. The reverse side of the sign shall be dark grey.

(c) Sign face material The retro-reflective material shall comply with SANS 1519 and

the grade of material required is specified on the drawings.

PM0504 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PM0500 ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC

Item Unit PM050.01 Provision of temporary traffic control

facilities

(a) Portable STOP/GO signs: 750 mm number (No) (b) Road signs: R- and TR-series (i) 1200 mm number (No) (ii) 900 mm number (No) (c) Road signs: TW-series (i) 1500 mm number (No) (ii) 1200 mm number (No) (d) Rectangular road signs: TGS-, TIN- and

TW-series (excluding delineators and barricades)

square metre (m2)

(e) Delineators: (i) 1000 mm x 250 mm number (No) (ii) 800 mm x 200 mm number (No) (f) Barricades: (i) 2400 mm x 400 mm number (No) (ii) 1800 mm x 300 mm number (No)

Page 40: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.40

The unit of measure shall be the number or square metre of each type of traffic control facility provided.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the provision of all

temporary traffic control facilities required to do the maintenance work, including posts, stakes, portable stands and sandbags as may be required. The tendered rate shall also include full compensation for providing the necessary traffic control facilities to subcontractors, but exclude the requirements for specialist subcontractors such as road marking, mill and replace repairs, and repairs to structures, who shall provide their own requirements.

Item Unit PM050.02 Accommodation of traffic and maintaining

temporary deviations

(a) Work undertaken by contractor month (b) Work undertaken by subcontractor month

The tendered rate per month under sub-item PM050.02 (a) shall include full compensation for the provision of a full-time Traffic Safety Officer and for all the duties performed by the Traffic Safety Officer, and the equipment needed. The tendered rate shall also include any other ongoing costs of the Contractor for the provision of traffic accommodation general requirements, excluding any traffic accommodation for work zones. The tendered rate shall also include the storage and other costs of the Contractor for the traffic control facilities to be issued to the subcontractors.

The tendered rate per month under sub-item PM050.02 (b) shall include full

compensation for all costs associated with the accommodation of traffic and maintaining temporary deviations, including any cost associated with the provision of flagmen, for the work undertaken by the Contractor himself. The tendered rate shall also include full compensation for all costs for transporting to site, erection and removal, cleaning and maintenance, covering with non-transparent material when not required. It shall also include the costs of the Contractor for the loss, theft or damage over and above normal wear and tear of the temporary traffic control facilities. The tendered rate shall also include full compensation for the provision of communication equipment required for regulating the traffic, arranging for the moving of services, solving traffic problems, complying with the legal requirements of all authorities concerned, for providing temporary access to private property, and for the provision and maintenance of temporary drainage.

The tendered rate per month under sub-item PM050.02 (c) shall include full

compensation for all costs associated with the accommodation of traffic and maintaining temporary deviations, including any cost associated with the provision of flagmen, for the work undertaken by subcontractors, which will

Page 41: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.41

be included in the subcontracts. The tendered rate shall also include full compensation for all costs for transporting to site, erection and removal, cleaning and maintenance, covering with non-transparent material when not required. It shall also include the costs of the subcontractor for the loss, theft or damage over and above normal wear and tear of the temporary traffic control facilities, and the cost of any guarantee which the Contractor is entitled to request as security for providing temporary traffic control facilities to the subcontractor. It shall exclude the cost of providing temporary traffic control facilities which the Contractor shall be responsible for.”

Page 42: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.42

SECTION M1100: PAVEMENT LAYER REPAIRS PM1105 MATERIALS

Amend M1105 to PM1105 and amend as follows: Delete M1105(c) and replace with PM1105(c).

(c) Hot mix Asphalt Base and surfacing mix requirements

The mix shall be a continuously graded asphalt and shall have the following properties:

TABLE M1105/4: PROPERTIES FOR CONTINUOUSLY GRADED ASPHALT BASE AND SURFACING

Property

Continuously graded base

mixes

Continuously graded

surfacing mixes

Marshall Stability (kN) 8 – 18 8 – 18

Marshall Flow (mm) 2 – 6 2 – 6

Stability /Flow (kN/mm) >2,5 > 2,5

VMA (%) > 14 > 15

VFB (%) 65 – 75 65 – 75

Air voids (%) 4 – 6 4 – 6

Indirect tensile strength @ 25oc (kPa)

> 1000 > 1000

Dynamic Creep Modules @ 40oC (MPa)

> 20 > 20

Modified Lottmann* (TSR) > 0,7 > 0, 8

Air permeability @ 7% voids (cm2) < 1 x 10 –8 < 1 x 10 –8

Absorbsion (Binder) < 0.5 < 0.5

Binder film thickness (microns) 5,5 – 8,0 5,5 – 8,0

Filler bitumen ratio 1 – 1,5 1 – 1,5

Immersion index (%) – –

The binders to be used shall be as follows: a) Continously graded surfacing course: 50/70 penetration

grade bitumen. b) Continously graded base: 35/50 penetration grade bitumen.

All penetration grade bitumen is to comply with the requirements of SANS 4001-BT1. Grading limits and mix proportions are given in Table M1105/5.

Page 43: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.43

TABLE M1105/5: GRADING LIMITS AND MIX PROPORTIONS FOR CONTINUOUSLY GRADED ASPHALT BASE AND SURFACINGS

PERCENTAGE PASSING THROUGH SIEVE BY MASS

SIEVE SIZE (mm)

ASPHALT BASE

ASPHALT SURFACING

26,5 mm MAX MEDIUM FINE

53,000 – – –

37,500 – – –

28,000 100 – –

20,000 87 – 96 – –

14,000 73 – 85 100

10,000 64 – 79 85 – 100 100

7,100 – – –

5,000 43 – 61 56 – 77 66 – 89

2,000 28 – 44 33 – 48 42 – 59

1,000 20 – 35 25 – 40 31 – 51

0,600 15 – 30 18 – 32 24 – 40

0,300 11 – 24 11 – 23 16 – 28

0,150 8 – 19 7 – 16 10 – 20

0,075 5 – 12 4 – 10 4 – 12

NOMINAL MIX PROPORTIONS (BY MASS)

Aggregate 94,5 % 93,5 % 93,0 %

Bitumen 4,5% 5,5 % 6,0%

Active filler 1,0 % 1,0 % 1,0 %

The active filler shall be hydrated lime, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

The combined aggregate and filler grading shall not deviate

from the approved target grading for the working mix by more than that given in table M1105/6 below:

TABLE M1105/6: AGGREGATE GRADING TOLERANCES

Size of aggregate passing Sieve size

(mm)

Permissible deviation from target grading (%)

28 ± 5

20 ± 5

14 ± 5

10 ± 5

7,1 ± 5

5 ± 4

2 ± 4

1 ± 4

0,600 ± 4

0,300 ± 3

0,150 ± 2

0,075 ± 1*

Page 44: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.44

* When statistical methods are applied the permissible deviation for the 0,075 fraction is ± 2%.

PM1106 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item number M110.03 to PM110.03 and amend it as follows. Add the following sub-item to sub-item (b):

Item Unit

"(iv) Extra over sub-items (b) (i), (ii) and (iii) cubic metre (m3) for importing crushed stone.”

Add the following to the third paragraph: ", for the material excavated from the existing pavement and re-used for backfilling." Replace the fourth paragraph with the following: “The tendered rate for emulsion-treated crushed stone for sub-items (b) (i), (ii) and (iii) shall include full compensation for re-using the crushed stone excavated from the existing pavement, and for providing, applying and mixing the stabilising agents. The tendered rate for sub-item (b) (iv) shall include full compensation for procuring and supplying imported crushed stone for backfilling.”

Page 45: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.45

SECTION M1200: REPAIR OF POTHOLES, EDGE BREAKS AND SURFACE FAILURES Delete and replace M1210 with the following:

PM1210 REPAIR OF EDGE BREAKS

Item Unit

PM121.01(i) Repairing edge breaks using cold mix metre (m)

The unit of measurement for repairing edge breaks shall be the metre of

edge breaks repaired, irrespective of the thickness or number of layers. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for compacting the surface

on which the new edge is to be constructed, trimming the edges of the existing surface, procuring, furnishing, and mixing all materials and compacting and trimming the asphalt to the required lines and levels. It shall also include full compensation for applying a tack coat of emulsion to the surface to be treated.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all transport, handling,

labour, material and all incidentals necessary to complete all the work as specified.

Item Unit

M121.01(ii) Repairing edge breaks using hot mix continuously graded

asphalt metre(m) The unit of measurement for repairing edge breaks shall be the metre of

edge breaks repaired, irrespective of the thickness or number of layers. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for compacting the surface

on which the new edge is to be constructed, trimming the edges of the existing surface, procuring, furnishing, and mixing all materials and compacting and trimming the asphalt to the required lines and levels. It shall also include full compensation for applying a tack coat of emulsion to the surface to be treated.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all transport, handling,

labour, material and all incidentals necessary to complete all the work as specified.

Page 46: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.46

SECTION M2300: CLEANING OF WATERWAY STRUCTURES

PM2304 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Add the following items:

“Item Unit

PM230.01 Cleaning of waterway structures, inlet and outlet areas

(a) Cleaning of waterway structures, provisional sum (Prov Sum) inlet and outlet areas

(b) The Contractor’s overhead charges and profit in percentage (%) Respect of sub-item PM230.01 (a) Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-

clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage for sub-item PM230.01 (b) is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub-item PM230.01 (a), which shall include full compensation for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor.

Page 47: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.47

SECTION M2400: CLEANING OF PREFABRICATED CULVERTS PM2401 SCOPE Delete paragraph 1 and replace with the following: This section covers the cleaning of prefabricated culverts as well as surface drainage aspects of shallow culverts and waterway structures. The work involved under this section is the removal of silt and debris from the prefabricated culverts and the removal and clearing of vegetation, silt and debris from the inlet and outlet areas as shown on the drawings. The work also involve the cleaning of waterway decks, scuppers and expansion joints. PM2401 EXECUTION OF WORK Delete the words “initially within the first two months of the contract period” and “thereafter” in the first paragraph. PM2404 INSPECTION OF PREFABRICATED CULVERTS FOR

PAYMENT Replace the contents of this clause with the following: “The contractor shall as part of his route patrol duties, inform the Engineer if he is of the opinion that any culvert and inlet and outlet areas do not comply with the acceptance criteria specified in clause M2403 of the Standard Specifications. The Engineer shall then instruct the Contractor regarding the cleaning of such culvert and inlet and outlet areas. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Engineer may also at any time instruct the Contractor to clean any culvert and inlet and outlet areas which, in his opinion, do not comply with the specified criteria. Failure by the Contractor to comply within the completion time specified in Table C3.1.9/3 in Part C3 of the Project Specifications, shall render the Contractor liable for the penalty specified in this table.” PM2405 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item “M240.01” to read as follows: “Item Unit PM240.01 Cleaning of prefabricated culverts, inlet and outlet areas

(a) Route, section, km distances

(i) Pipes with an internal diameter up to and including 750 mm

number (No) (ii) Pipes with an internal diameter exceeding 750 mm

number (No) (iii) Box culverts up to and including 1,5 m vertical dimension

number (No)

Page 48: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.48

(iv) Box culverts exceeding 1,5 m vertical dimension number (No) The unit of measurement shall be the number of culverts, including the inlet and outlet areas as specified, which are cleaned on instruction of the Engineer. Distinction shall be made in terms of the diameter or the vertical dimension of the culverts. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for cleaning the culvert and inlet and outlet areas, as specified in item M240.01 in the Standard Specifications.”

Page 49: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.49

SECTION M2500: CLEANING OF CONCRETE DRAINS AND CHANNELS

PM2503 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Add “inlet and outlet areas” after “concrete channels” in the second paragraph. PM2504 INSPECTION OF CONCRETE DRAINS AND CHANNELS FOR

PAYMENT Replace the contents of this clause with the following: “The contractor shall as part of his route patrol duties, inform the Engineer if he is of the opinion that any concrete drains and channels do not comply with the acceptance criteria specified in clause M2503 of the Standard Specifications.

The Engineer shall then instruct the Contractor regarding the cleaning of such concrete drains and channels.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the Engineer may also at any time instruct the Contractor to clean any concrete drains and channels which, in his opinion, do not comply with the specified criteria.

Failure by the Contractor to comply within the completion time specified in Table C3.1.9/3 in Part C3 of the Project Specifications, shall render the Contractor liable for the penalty specified in this table.”

PM2505 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item number "M250.01" to "PM250.01" and add to the first paragraph of item PM250.01 "and for sweeping the concrete drains and channels to remove silt, loose vegetation and debris."

Change “month” in the first line of the first paragraph in the description of measurement and the payment item to read “metre”.

Item number M250.01 to read as follows:

“Item Unit

PM250.02 Cleaning of concrete drainage channels metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of concrete channel cleaned on instruction by the Engineer.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for cleaning of concrete drains and channels, as specified in item M250.01 in the Standard Specifications.”

Page 50: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.50

SECTION M2600: CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING EARTH CHANNELS

Amend item M02602 to read as PM02602 and change as follows: M2602 EXECUTION OF WORK Add the following new paragraph: (c ) Construction of new earth drains New earth drains to the cross sections instructed by the Engineer will be constructed where required. The excavated material will be neatly spread and levelled in the road reserve or loaded, transported and spoiled as instructed by the Engineer. M2604 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Item Unit Add the following new items: PM260.06 Constructing new earth drains

(a) Excavate new earth drains and dispose of material in road reserve cubic metre (m3)

(b) Excavate new earth drain and load for spoil cubic metre (m3)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of material excavated in accordance with the instructed dimensions measured in place. The tendered rates shall include full compensation for all equipment, labour and tools necessary for excavating the material to the required dimensions, including trimming the excavation, disposing of material as directed, including a free-haul of 1,0 km.

Page 51: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.51

SECTION M2700: EDGE BUILD-UP REMOVAL

PM2704 INSPECTION OF EDGE BUILD-UP FOR PAYMENT

Replace the contents of this clause with the following:

“The contractor shall as part of his route patrol duties, inform the Engineer if he is of the opinion that any visible edge build-up exists that does not comply with the acceptance criteria specified in clause M2703 of the Standard Specifications. The Engineer shall then instruct the Contractor regarding the removing of such edge build-up. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Engineer may also at any time instruct the Contractor to remove an edge build-up which, in his opinion, does not comply with the specified criteria. Failure by the Contractor to comply within the completion time specified in Table C3.1.9/3 in Part C3 of the Project Specifications, shall render the Contractor liable for the penalty specified in this table.” PM2705 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item number M270.01 to read as follows:

Item Unit PM270.01 Edge build-up removal (a) Edge build-up removal (i) Remove material by hand and dispose of

adjacent to the road metre

(m) (ii) Remove material by hand and load for

spoil metre (m)

(iii) Remove material by machine and

dispose of adjacent to the road kilometre (km)

(iv) Remove material by machine and

dispose of to spoil kilometre (km)

The unit of measurement for sub-items PM270.01 (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) shall be the metre or kilometre of edge build-up removed on instruction of the Engineer.

Page 52: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.52

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for labour, tools and equipment for the execution of the work, and disposal of the material including haul.

Page 53: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.53

SECTION M2800: CONCRETE CHANNEL CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CHANNELS PM2805 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item number M280.08 to read as follows: Item Unit

M280.08 Down chutes

(c) Concrete (0.6m wide; 25/19) metre

(m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of completed chute as constructed, including any overlap, measured along the slope as laid but excluding transition sections and inlet and outlet structures measured separately, if required. The tendered rate per metre shall include full compensation for procuring, furnishing and installing the completed chutes as specified and for all excavation and the preparation of bedding, backfilling, formwork and finishing required.

Page 54: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.54

SECTION M3100: FENCING Replace the whole of M3100 with PM3100 as follows. “SECTION PM3100: FENCING CONTENTS PM3101 SCOPE PM3102 EXECUTION OF WORK PM3103 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA PM3104 MATERIALS PM3105 TYPES OF FENCING PM3106 PROTECTION OF LIVESTOCK PM3107 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PM3101 SCOPE

This section covers the repair, maintenance and moving of existing fences where necessary, and the erection of new fences along the boundaries of the road reserve where required.

PM3102 EXECUTION OF WORK

Any fencing work identified either by the Contractor or during inspection by the Engineer shall be carried out on the instruction of the Engineer. Any fencing defect creating an immediate hazard to the road user shall be attended to by the Contractor immediately after verbal approval by the Engineer. Any such emergency repair work shall be followed by a written instruction from the Engineer within 48 hours. The Contractor shall ensure that the necessary materials, skilled personnel, tools and equipment are available at all times to maintain the road reserve fencing in a state of good repair. The Engineer shall indicate where existing fences are to be moved to new locations, where new fences are to be erected, or where other repairs are necessary. Unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer, where fences are to be repaired, similar type fencing material to that in the existing fence line shall be used.

All new strands of fencing wire must be painted with a coat of galvanised primer and thereafter with a coat of sunflower yellow fire resistant paint.

(a) Clearing the fence line The fence line shall be cleared over a width of at least 1 m on

each side of the centre line of the fence and surface irregularities shall be levelled so that the fence will follow the

Page 55: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.55

general contour of the ground. Clearing shall include the removal of all trees, shrubs, stumps, isolated loose boulders or stone and other obstructions, which will interfere with proper construction of the fence. The bottom of the fence shall be located at a uniform distance above the ground line. All material removed shall be disposed of at designated spoil sites.

Any areas outside the road reserve where clearing is not

permitted by the owner or is not practicable shall not be cleared if so directed by the Engineer.

(b) Installation of posts and standards Straining posts shall be erected at all ends, corners, changes

in direction of the line of fences, and at all junctions with other fences. Straining posts shall not be spaced further apart than shown on the drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The length of posts above ground shall be such that the correct clearance between the lowest wire and the ground can be obtained.

Posts shall be accurately set in holes and be provided with

concrete bases to the dimensions specified.

Holes shall be dug to the full specified depth of the posts. Where due to the presence of rock, the holes cannot be excavated by means of hand or pneumatic tools and the Contractor has to resort to the use of explosives, the Contractor shall be paid separately for the drilling and blasting operations required. Corner, gate, end and straining posts shall be braced by means of stays or anchors as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Pipe stays shall be bolted to the posts. Gate posts shall not be used as straining posts but at each gate post a straining post shall be placed and stayed as specified. Standards shall be firmly planted into the ground at the spacing as shown on the drawings or as ordered by the Engineer. The spacing of standards between any two straining posts shall be uniform. In rock or hard materials, standards shall be either driven or set in holes drilled into the rock. The size of drilled holes shall be such that a tight fit is obtained. Care shall be exercised when driving standards in order to prevent buckling or damaging them. All posts and standards shall be accurately aligned and set plumb. Where veranda type security fencing is used, the posts shall be planted with the overhang on the roadside and perpendicular to the direction of the fence. After posts and standards have been firmly set in accordance with the foregoing requirements, the fence wire shall be attached thereto at the spacing specified or as directed by the Engineer.

Page 56: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.56

(c) Erecting fence wires All fencing wire shall be wired to the sides of standards or posts in order to prevent the wires from being displaced or becoming loose. The wire shall be carefully strained and hung without sag, and with true alignment, care being exercised not to strain the wire so tightly that it will break, or that end, corner, straining or gate posts will be pulled up, or that it will be easily damaged during grass fires. Each strand of fencing wire shall be securely fastened in the correct position to each standard with soft galvanised binding wire. The binding wire for each horizontal fence wire shall pass through a hole or notch in the standard to prevent slipping of the fence wire in a vertical direction, while the ends of the wire shall be wound at least four times around the fencing wire to prevent it from moving in a horizontal direction. At end, corner, straining and gate posts the fencing wire shall be securely wrapped twice around the posts and secured against slipping by tying the end tightly around the wire by means of at least six snug, tight twists. In the case of high tensile wire, two long windings may first be made before the six tight twists, to prevent the wire from breaking at the first twist. When using smooth wire the loose end shall preferably be bent over and hooked into the notch between the fencing wire and the first winding. Splices in the fencing wire shall be permitted if made in the following manner using a splice tool. The end of each wire at the splice shall be carried at least 75 mm past the splice tool and wrapped snugly around the other wire for not less than six complete turns, the two separate wire ends being turned in opposite directions. After the splice tool is removed pulling the wire ends together shall close the space left by it in the splice wire. The unused ends of wire shall be cut close so as to leave a neat splice. The gaps between gate posts and the adjacent straining posts shall be fenced off with short fencing wires. Droppers shall be tied to each fence wire with soft galvanised tying wire in the required position as specified for standards, to prevent slipping in a vertical direction. The spacing of droppers between any two straining posts shall be uniform. Anchoring to structures shall be done as specified or directed by the Engineer. All new strands of fencing wire must be painted with a coat of galvanised primer and thereafter with a coat of sunflower yellow fire resistant paint

Page 57: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.57

(d) Erecting diamond mesh or wire netting In the case of vermin-proof, pedestrian and security fences, or where indicated by the Engineer, wire netting or diamond mesh shall be stretched against the fence and properly tied to the fencing wire. The diamond mesh or wire netting shall be secured by means of soft binding wire at 1,2 m centres along the top and bottom wires and at 3 m centres along each of the other fencing wires unless otherwise specified. In the case of vermin-proof fencing, vermin shall be prevented from creeping under the fence by either one of the two methods described below, as ordered by the Engineer: (i) By folding back the bottom 130 mm of the wire netting so

that it lies flat on the ground and packing stones (minimum dimension 200 mm) end to end on this flap to secure it in position.

(ii) By embedding the lower 130 mm of the wire netting into

the ground and thoroughly ramming the earth around it on both sides to secure the netting.

(e) Closing openings under fences

At ditches, streams, drainage channels or other hollows where it is not possible to erect the fence so that it follows the general contour of the ground, the Contractor shall close the opening under the fence by means of horizontal barbed wires at a distance of 150 mm from each other, stretched between additional posts or straining posts as specified or as directed by the Engineer. In the case of pedestrian, vermin-proof and security fences, the opening shall be covered with strips of wire netting or diamond mesh, 100 mm wide, fixed to the barbed wires. In the case of larger streams where damming of debris against the fence would constitute a danger, the opening below the lower fencing wire shall be closed by means of loose-hanging wire nets. For this purpose additional straining posts shall be planted on either side of the stream with a cable consisting of at least five strands of smooth fencing wire stretched between them. Onto this cable vertical strips of diamond mesh, hanging down to ground level, shall be fixed. The sides of the different strips of diamond mesh shall be fixed to each other so that the whole mat may be raised by water flowing underneath and so leave a free stream area. These mats at streams shall be erected only on instruction of the Engineer. If it should be necessary to keep the bottom of the mats on the ground, the Engineer may order that timber posts or pipes be fixed horizontally to the lower ends of the diamond mesh strips.

Page 58: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.58

(f) Existing fences

Where a new fence joins an existing fence, whether in line or at an angle, the new fence shall be erected with a new straining post positioned at the terminal of the existing fence. Existing fences that need to be taken down or moved to a new location shall be dismantled. Material not required for re-erection or declared unsuitable for reuse shall be neatly stacked at approved locations in accordance with the Engineer's instructions. Fencing wire or netting shall be stacked clear off the ground. Where fences require moving, the Contractor shall reuse all material declared suitable for this purpose by the Engineer, plus such new material as may be required to re-erect the fence to the standard specified for new fences. The Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs arising from breakage of reused wire during straining.

(g) Erecting gates

Gates shall be erected at the positions indicated by the Engineer. The gates shall be hung on gate fittings in accordance with the requirements specified. Gates shall be so erected that they swing in a horizontal plane at right angles to the gate posts, clear of the ground in all positions. At pedestrian and security fences the double swing gates shall not leave a gap of more than 25 mm between them when closed and other gates shall not be further than 25 mm from the gate post when closed. The clearance below the gates shall not exceed 75 mm with the gates closed.

(h) Repairs to fences

In the case of fences that require repairing, the Contractor shall reuse all material declared suitable for this purpose by the Engineer, plus such new material as may be required to re-erect the fence to the standard specified for new fences. Unsuitable material shall be scrapped and removed from site at the Contractor’s cost. The Engineer shall not be responsible for any delays or costs arising from breakage of reused wire during straining. If more than 50% of the fence needs to be repaired the repair work will be paid as for a new fence.

(i) Closure of pedestrian thoroughfares

Where required by the Engineer pedestrian thoroughfares shall be closed off with concrete or steel security palisade fencing with a height as specified. Palisade fencing shall be of an approved proprietary product.

Page 59: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.59

PM3103 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

The completed fences shall be plumb, taut, true to line and ground contour, with all posts, standards and stays firmly set. Fencing wires shall not vary by more than 10 mm from their prescribed relative vertical positions. Where temporary fences are erected, they shall be firm and of sufficient height with sufficient number of wires to prevent the passage of livestock. The Contractor shall, on completion of each section of fence, remove all cut-offs and other loose wire or netting so as not to create a hazard to grazing animals or a nuisance to the owners of the adjacent property.

PM3104 MATERIALS (a) Posts, stays, standards and droppers

Posts, stays, standards and droppers shall be of the type and size indicated on the drawings. Steel sections shall comply with the requirements of CKS 82 and the timber posts shall comply with the requirements of SANS 457. Timber posts shall be treated with a preservative in accordance with the specified requirements. Unless otherwise specified rolled steel posts shall be 15 or 22 kg/m rails and galvanised. Standards shall be 2,50 kg/m Y-sections. Droppers shall be 0,56 kg/m, ridgeback-pattern droppers. Where tubular posts are specified they shall be galvanised in accordance with SANS 763 for Class B1 articles or shall be painted as specified and have a minimum wall thickness of 2,95 mm. The Engineer shall direct the length, diameter and hole spacing. All tubular sections shall be provided with a 230 mm x 230 mm footplate and a pressed-steel or cast-iron cap. Rolled steel sections shall be provided with a protective coating of an approved material. Tubular stays shall have a minimal bore of at least 60 mm and a wall thickness of at least 2,95 mm. They shall be galvanised as specified in SANS 763 or shall be painted as specified.

(b) Bolts for stays

Bolts shall be galvanised steel bolts of the required length and diameter. The diameter shall not be less than 12 mm. All the necessary bolts, together with nuts and washers, shall be supplied with each post.

(c) Wire

(i) Barbed wire

Page 60: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.60

Barbed wire shall comply with the requirements of SANS

675 and shall be one or more of the following types:

High tensile grade steel, galvanised, single-strand wire, oval shaped, 3,15 mm x 2,50 mm (2,82 mm equivalent diameter).

High tensile grade steel, galvanised, single-strand wire,

oval shaped, 2,80 mm x 1,90 mm (2,31 mm equivalent diameter). This wire shall not be used less than 500 mm above ground where there is a danger of grass fires.

Mild steel grade, galvanised, double strand, uni-

directional twist wire, each strand 2,50 mm diameter, for use at any height above ground.

Barbs shall be manufactured from 2,0 mm galvanised

wire and shall be spaced at not more than 152 mm. (ii) Razor tape wire

The product shall be fully galvanised and of high tensile grade steel.

(iii) Smooth wire

Smooth wire shall comply with the requirements of SANS 675 and shall be of the types specified below:

Straining wire shall be high tensile grade steel, 4,0 mm

diameter, galvanised wire.

Fencing wire shall be high tensile grade steel, 2,24 mm diameter, galvanised wire.

Tying wire shall be 2,50 mm diameter, mild steel,

galvanised wire for tying fencing wire to standards and droppers, and 1,60 mm diameter, mild steel, galvanised wire for tying netting and mesh wire to fencing wire.

(d) Diamond mesh Diamond mesh (chain-link) fencing shall comply with the

requirements of SANS 1373. The edge finish shall be clinched or barbed both sides.

The nominal diameter of the wire shall be 2,5 mm and the mesh

size shall be 64 mm x 64 mm. The wire shall be fully galvanised.

(e) Wire netting

Page 61: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.61

Wire netting shall be fully galvanised mild steel wire with a minimum diameter of 1,8 mm and 75 mm mesh.

(f) Gates Gates shall be manufactured to the dimensions specified by the

Engineer. Gates shall be complete in every respect, including hinges,

washers, bolts and locking chain attached to the gate. (g) Timber posts for wire mats Timber posts for holding down wire mats where the fence

crosses streams shall comply with the requirements of SANS 457 and shall be creosote impregnated in accordance with SANS 10005 with creosote complying with SANS 538 or 539.

(h) Manufacturing tolerances for wire The actual diameter of wire supplied shall nowhere be less than

the specified diameter by more than the following tolerances:

Specified diameter Tolerance 1,0 – 1,8 mm 2,0 – 2,8 mm 3,15 - 4,0 mm

0,05 mm 0,08 mm 0,10 mm

PM3105 TYPES OF FENCING

The following types of fences shall be erected in accordance with the dimensions specified:

(a) Stock-proof fences (of various heights with horizontal barbed and smooth fencing wire)

(b) Vermin-proof fences (horizontal barbed wire fence above a

mesh wire fence) (c) Pedestrian fences (full height diamond mesh fence) (d) Security fences (veranda type with diamond mesh on vertical

portions and barbed wire or razor tape wire on the overhang) (e) Steel palisade fences (of various heights)

(f) Concrete palisade fences (of various heights)

(g) Steel mesh fencing (as specified)

(h) Flat wrap barbed wire fencing

Where existing fences have to be dismantled and re-erected in the same position, they shall be erected either to the same design as the original, but with such modifications as may be instructed by the Engineer, or they shall

Page 62: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.62

be erected to one of the standards specified above, all as ordered by the Engineer. Straining posts and standards are not to be removed, and are to be used in the new fence to be erected.

PM3106 PROTECTION OF LIVESTOCK

From the time of the occupancy of the site until completion of the contract, the Contractor shall take all measures necessary for preventing the ingress of vermin, and for protecting and controlling livestock, inter alia, on the sections of the properties affected by the operations. The Contractor shall provide gates in existing fences cut by him for the purpose of access and shall ensure that all gates are kept closed when not used for access. Where alternative arrangements cannot be made, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to erect temporary fencing where necessary to protect livestock that may be lost or are exposed to vermin through the operations. Such fencing shall be of an adequate standard and be maintained in a good order. On completion of the work, it shall be removed from the site and all surfaces shall be restored. Payment for the protection of livestock from the time that the dismantling of the fencing line commences until the replacement fencing has been erected will be deemed to be included in the rates tendered.

PM3107 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PM3100 FENCING

Item Unit PM310.01 Clearing fence line (a) 2 m wide for new fences kilometre (km) (b) 1 m wide alongside existing fences kilometre (km)

The unit of measurement for the clearing of the fence line shall be the kilometre of fence line measured along each fence line. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the clearing of the fence line as specified, including the removal of trees, stones and other obstructions and the disposal as directed of all material resulting from clearing operations.

Item Unit PM310.02 Repair of existing fences of less than 100

m lengths

(a) Stock-proof fences metre (m) (b) Vermin-proof fences metre (m) (c) Pedestrian fences metre (m)

Page 63: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.63

(d) Security fences metre (m) (e) Steel palisade fences metre (m) (f) Concrete palisade fences metre (m) (g) Steel mesh fencing (as specified) metre (m) (h) Flat wrap barbed wire fencing metre (m) (i) Other (as specified) metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of each type of fence repaired. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, tools, binding and tying wire for the repair of the fence, including transporting all labour, tools and materials from the Contractor’s base to the point of the fence repaired. The supply of fencing materials needed shall be paid for under item PM310.05.

Item Unit PM310.03 Repair of existing fences of greater than

100 m lengths

(a) Stock-proof fences metre (m) (b) Vermin-proof fences metre (m) (c) Pedestrian fences metre (m) (d) Security fences metre (m) (e) Steel palisade fences metre (m) (f) Concrete palisade fences metre (m) (g) Steel mesh fencing (as specified) metre (m) (h) Flat wrap barbed wire fencing metre (m) (i) Other (as specified) metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of each type of fence repaired. If more than 50% in length of the fence needs to be repaired the repair work will be paid under item PM310.04 as for a new fence. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, tools, binding and tying wire for the repair of the fence, including transporting all labour, tools and materials from the Contractor’s base to the point of the fence repaired.

Page 64: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.64

The supply of fencing materials needed shall be paid for under item PM310.05. Item Unit PM310.04 Erection of new fences of less than 1 km

lengths

(a) Stock-proof fences metre (m) (b) Vermin-proof fences metre (m) (c) Pedestrian fences metre (m) (d) Security fences metre (m) (e) Steel palisade fences metre (m) (f) Concrete palisade fences metre (m) (g) Steel mesh fencing (as specified) metre (m) (h) Flat wrap barbed wire fencing metre (m) (i) Other (as specified) metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of each type of fence erected, including the erection of any temporary fencing required.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, tools, binding and tying wire for the repair of the fence, including transporting all labour, tools and materials from the Contractor’s base to the point of the fence repaired. The supply of fencing materials needed shall be paid for under item PM310.05. Item Unit PM310.05 Supply of fencing material for repaired

fences and new fences of less than 1 km

(a) Supply of fencing material provisional sum

(PS) (c) Handling costs and profit in respect

of sub-item PM310.05 (a)(i) percentage (%)

(c) Concrete backfill cubic metre (m³)

(f) Corner end and straining post Number (No)

Page 65: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.65

(g) (i) (ii)

Standards Timber 2000 x 100mm dia notched Steel 1850 x 2.5 kg/m "Y" section

Number (No) Number (No)

h) (i) (iv) (i)

Droppers Timber 1400 x 36mm Steel 1400 x 0.56 kg/m Timber posts to be fixed at the bottom of wire mesh in streams (100mm)

Number (No) Number (No)

Metre (m)

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of subclause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage for sub-item PM310.05 (a) is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub-item PM310.05 (b), which shall include full compensation for the handling costs and profit of the Contractor.

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM310.05 (c) shall be the cubic metre

of concrete placed as backfill around straining posts in accordance with the authorised dimensions. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing all materials, mixing, transporting, placing and compaction of the concrete.

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM310.05 (g) shall be the number of standaard erected in accordance with the authorised dimensions. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing all material, including standards, binding and tying wire and including transporting all labour, tools and materials from the Contractor’s base to the point of the erection.

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM310.05 (h) shall be the number of droppers erected in accordance with the authorised dimensions. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing all material, including droppers, binding and tying wire and including transporting all labour, tools and materials from the Contractor’s base to the point of the erection.

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM310.05 (i) shall be the metre of timber post erected in accordance with the authorised dimensions. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing all material, including timber post and including transporting all labour, tools and materials from the Contractor’s base to the point of the erection.

Item Unit

Page 66: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.66

PM310.06 Supply and erection of new fences of greater than 1 km

(a) Supply and erection of new fences provisional sum

(PS) (b) Handling costs and profit in respect of sub-

item PM310.06 (a) percentage (%)

The provisional sum is for specific fencing contracts and projects greater than 1 km in length. The item is to be all inclusive of the supply and installation of new fencing by specialist subcontractors. Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of subclause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub-item PM310.06 (a), which shall include full compensation for the handling costs and profit of the Contractor. Item Unit PM310.07 New gates (a) Single leaf (3,6 m No 15) number (No) (b) Double leaf (4.2 m No 8) number (No)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of new gates erected. At pedestrian and security fences the pair of gates shall be measured as one. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing all material, including gates, gate posts, hinges, bolts, concrete and straining wire, and for the erection of the gates as specified and as shown on the drawings. It shall not include compensation for any fencing wire or mesh erected on the gate. Item Unit PM310.08 Moving of existing fences and gates (a) Fences (i) Stock-proof fences metre (m) (ii) Vermin-proof fences metre (m) (iii) Pedestrian fences metre (m) (iv) Security fences metre (m) (v) Steel palisade fences metre (m) (vi) Concrete palisade fences metre (m)

Page 67: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.67

(vii) Steel mesh fencing (as specified) metre (m) (viii) Flat wrap barbed wire fencing metre (m) (ix) Other (as specified) metre (m) (b) Gates number (No)

The unit of measurement for moving existing fencing shall be the metre of fence moved and the quantity shall be taken as the length of fence which is permanently erected using material arising from fences that have been dismantled elsewhere. The unit of measurement for moving of gates shall be the number of gates moved. The tendered rate for each metre of existing fence moved, or for each existing gate moved, shall include full compensation for dismantling the old fence, coiling and stacking the material not suitable for reuse, moving all material, including posts and wire, and the re-erection of the fence or gate in the new position, and for providing binding, tying and straining wire. Additional new material used during the re-erection of the old fence shall be paid for under item PM310.05. The tendered rate for each gate moved shall include full compensation for taking down the gate and re-erecting it where required, including all new bolts, nuts and other accessories required, but excluding new gate posts. Item Unit PM310.09 Dismantling of existing and damaged

fences metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of existing and damaged fencing and gates taken down and dismantled. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for taking down existing fences and gates, coiling wires, rolling netting into rolls, transporting the material to designated sites and stacking the materials as required.

Item Unit PM310.10 Drilling and blasting holes for posts and

anchors number (No)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of holes for posts and anchors made by drilling and blasting where excavation by hand or by pneumatic tools cannot be done economically. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for drilling and blasting the holes and for all other expenses in connection with providing, storing, transporting and using explosives.”

Item Unit

Page 68: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.68

PM310.11 Provision of temporary fencing

(a) Stock proof fences (b) Vermin proof fences

kilometre (km) kilometre (km)

The unit of measurement shall be the kilometre of each type of temporary fence erected as instructed by the Engineer.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the provision of all labour, new or suitable second-hand material, including gates, for the erection of the temporary fence and, when no longer required, the dismantling and removal from site or to any new position where required Item Unit PM310.14 Excavation for Straining posts

Cubic Metre (m3)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of excavation for straining posts in accordance with the neat dimensions of the straining posts, or excavations as shown on the drawings or directed by the Engineer. In the case of timber posts not in concrete, the plan area of the excavated hole shall be taken as 0,15m2, irrespective of the actual size of the excavated hole. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the excavation (all labour, tools and all overhead costs including transporting all labour and tools from the contractor’s base to the point of the excavation) and for the disposal of all surplus excavated material.

Item Unit PM310.16 Concrete in fence post footings

Cubic Metre (m3)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of concrete for straining posts in accordance with the neat dimensions of the straining posts, or excavations as shown on the drawings or directed by the Engineer. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for provisions of concrete for fence post footings (all labour, tools and all overhead costs including transporting; all labour and tools from the contractor’s base to the point of the pouring concrete) as instructed by the engineer or as detailed on the drawings.

Page 69: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.69

SERIES M3000 : ROADSIDE MAINTENANCE Replace the whole of M3200 with PM3200 as follows. “SECTION M3200 : COLLECTION AND REMOVAL OF

DEBRIS AND LITTER

CONTENTS M3201 SCOPE M3202 EXECUTION OF WORK M3203 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA M3204 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT M3201 SCOPE

This section covers the work involved in collecting and removing of all foreign articles, debris, litter, posters and illegal signs of size less than 0,5 m2 from the road reserve, roadside stopping places, lay-byes and toll plazas as well as emptying of rubbish bins at all these areas.

M3202 EXECUTION OF WORK

(a) Initial cleaning of the road reserve

The Contractor shall, within the first two months of the site handover, clean the road reserve 100% of all foreign articles which, inter alia, shall include:

Litter

Branches

All stones larger than 75 mm but smaller than 300 mm in diameter

Building and garden rubble

Tyres and stripped tyre treads

Posters

Old and new posters glued to concrete structures

Illegal signs less than 0,5 m2

Graffiti on concrete structures

Accident debris

The road reserve shall be cleaned from fence to fence, including interchanges, rest areas, lay-byes, toll plazas, side drains, all drainage grids, bridge drainage ports and scuppers and dustbins. This work must be completed before general cleaning can commence.

(b) General cleaning of the road reserve

The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the road reserve clear of all foreign articles which, inter alia, shall

include:

Page 70: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.70

Litter

Branches

Stones larger than 75 mm but smaller than 300 mm in diameter

Tyres and stripped tyre treads

Posters

Illegal signs less than 0,5 m2

Accident debris

(c) Dumping sites

All material cleared from the road reserve shall be disposed of at approved dumping sites or as instructed by the Engineer. The payment of fees and charges associated with the dumping sites shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The location of dumping sites shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Written approval from the landowners or local authorities on whose property the dumping occurs will be required. No dumping sites will be permitted within the road reserve area.

(d) Removal of debris and litter

Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer in the project specification, the frequency for completing full width passes of the road and road reserve for collection of debris and litter, shall generally be as follows:

Urban roads: Once per week, (or as specified) Peri urban roads: Twice per month, (or as specified)

Rural roads: Once per month, (or as specified) The collection and removal of debris and litter shall be undertaken by the Contractor continuously at the specified frequencies throughout the year, inclusive of the Contractor’s customary holiday period in December and January. The Contractor shall inspect and remove all foreign articles, debris, rubbish and litter from the following areas at least once a week:

Road pavement

Lay-byes

Rest Areas

Road Reserve 5km Radius around towns

Toll plazas

Down chutes

Side drains

All drainage grids

Page 71: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.71

Bridge drainage ports and scuppers

Bridge expansion joints

This shall also include the emptying of rubbish bins and cleaning of all containers and washing of benches and tables. The Contractor shall report the number of bags of debris and litter collected per calendar month at site meetings. The Engineer may instruct additional ad hoc cleaning of the

reserve and/or lay-byes, toll plazas and other areas as required.

The Contractor shall provide sufficient plastic bags and the necessary equipment such as sharp pointed steel rods for picking up plastic bags and paper items. The Contractor must ensure that all bottles, tins, inter alia hidden by the grass and shrubs, are removed. Work shall be undertaken progressively along the road reserve.

Litter, inter alia shall be collected on one side of the road in one day before crossing to the opposite side to reduce the number of crossings over the road.

The rubbish bag collection vehicle shall travel off the surfaced width of the road as far as possible and the bag collection operation shall be organised in such a way that filled bags left on the side of the road do not have to be carried across the road to the vehicle. Full bags shall not be left on the side of the road overnight. No dumping sites will be permitted within the reserve area and the Contractor shall be responsible for removing the filled bags to the nearest approved dumping site. The Contractor will be penalised as specified in the Project Specification if he does not comply with the abovementioned.

(e) Cleaning of the SOS emergency call boxes All the SOS emergency call boxes are to be properly cleaned once every two months or as instructed by the Engineer, using a suitable cleaning agent. At the same time all the call boxes are to be tested and faulty ones are to be reported immediately. The necessary precautionary measures are to be taken to ensure that moisture does not damage the electronic circuits.

(f) Other requirements

At resting areas, lay-byes and toll plazas, damaged containers, tables and benches shall be replaced in accordance with the specifications and drawings and when instructed by the Engineer.

M3203 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

The road reserve shall be inspected after clearing operation and shall be completely cleared of all debris and litter. Bags must be removed and disposed of as specified and not left overnight.

Page 72: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.72

The collected litter and debris shall not be dumped, inter alia over banks, into streams and manholes, but only at an approved location, arranged beforehand with the Engineer. The stopping place areas shall be left clean and tidy with all containers cleared and benches and tables cleaned. Non-conformance by the Contractor to comply with the performance standards in the project specification shall render the Contractor liable for the penalties specified.

M3204 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT M3200 COLLECTION AND REMOVAL OF DEBRIS AND LITTER Item Unit PM320.02 General cleaning of the road reserve

(b) Peri Urban: (2km sections around town)

(i) Prieska (2km on one side of intersection of

section 9) weekly (ii) Marydale (2 km radius of Marydale intersection)

weekly (iii) Groblershoop (3 km radius) weekly (iv) Upington (4 km radius) weekly (v) Nakop border (2km on one side of border post

section 12) weekly

(c) Rural roads

(i) N10 Sec 9 Km 0 – 72.96 month (ii) N10 Sec 10 Km 0 – 55.60 month (iii) N10 Sec 11 Km 0 – 116.68 month (iv) N10 Sec 12 Km 0 – 134.17 month

The tendered rate per month shall include full compensation for all labour, tools equipment, and transport necessary for the collection and disposal of foreign articles as specified in this section at the frequency stated in table TABLE C3.1.9/1. The tendered rate also includes the clearing of road pavement, rest areas, lay-byes, side drains, all drainage grids, bridge drainage ports and scuppers and rubbish bins as specified. The tendered rate shall also include the removal of rubbish bags from the toll plazas.

Item Unit PM320.03 Additional clearing of

Page 73: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.73

(a) Lay-Byes number(No)

The unit of measurement for additional clearing at lay-byes as specified is the number of such areas cleared on the instruction of the Engineer in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under payment Clause M320.02. The tendered rate per number shall include full compensation for all labour, tools equipment, and transport necessary for the collection and disposal of foreign articles as specified in this section. The tendered rate also includes the clearing of rest areas, lay-byes as specified. The tendered rate shall also include the removal of rubbish bags from the rest areas.

Page 74: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.74

PM3302 EXECUTION OF WORK Delete paragraph M3302(a)(i) 1 and replace with PM3302(a)(i) 1:

1. Ripping, watering, placing sufficient material from the road prism and

compacting of in situ shoulder material with or without adding extra material from a borrow pit. In the event of extra material having to be added, an extra over payment item is allowed in the Schedule of Quantities as well as for stabilising in situ or imported material (for tendering purpose the nominal rate of application cement shall be 60kg per cubic metre of stabilised material). No material bladed from the road reserve shall be regarded as extra material.

PM3305 Measurement and Payment Delete M330.01 and replace with PM330.01 as follow: PM330.01 Reinstating of gravel shoulders

Item Unit PM330.01 Reinstating gravel shoulders

(a) Ripping, watering, mixing, placing and

compacting existing shoulders to 93% of modified AASHTO density

(v) Less than 1km cubic metre (m3) (vi) 1km and greater cubic metre (m3)

(b) Extra over sub-item M330.01 (a)

for adding extra material

(i) From borrowing in road reserve cubic metre (m3) (within free haul distance, 1km)

(iii) From commercial sources cubic metre (m3)

(c) Extra over for sub-item M330.01 (a) for

stabilising material cubic metre (m3)

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM330.01 (a) shall be the cubic metre of material to be reworked for the reinstatement of gravel shoulders. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for ripping the existing shoulder material, breaking down, watering, mixing of the material including any extra material added, compacting the material, including removal of 5% by volume of oversize material and transporting it over a distance of 1,0km.

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM330.01 (b) (i) & (ii) shall be the

Page 75: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.75

cubic metre of material added to the existing gravel shoulder to make up any shortfall of material for reconstruction of shoulders. The quantity of extra material added shall be taken as 70% of the volume of hauling trucks. The tendered rate for sub-item PM330.01 (b)(i) shall include full compensation for procuring the material from the road reserve, placing and spreading the material over the existing shoulders including transporting the material within a free-haul distance of 1,0km and removal of 5% of volume of oversize material and transporting it over a free-haul distance of 1,0km. The tendered rate for sub-item PM330.01 (b)(ii) shall include full compensation for procuring the material from the borrow pits, placing and spreading the material over the existing shoulders including transporting the material within a free-haul distance of 1,0km and removal of 5% of volume of oversize material and transporting it over a free-haul distance of 1,0km

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM330.01(c) shall be cubic metre of material stabilised including the stabilising agent if required by the Engineer at the required rate. The tendered rates shall include full compensation for procuring materials as specified, labour, transport and for adding and mixing cement to in situ or imported material as required by the Engineer.

Delete M330.02 and replace with PM330.02 as follow: PM330.02 Blading of Gravel Shoulders

Item Unit PM330.02 Blading of gravel shoulders

(a) Blading kilometre (km)

(b) Cutting of mitre drains metre(m)

The unit of measurement of sub-item PM330.02 (a) shall be the distance

bladed over the full width of the shoulder measured in kilometres along the centre line of the road. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the watering, blading and compacting of existing gravel shoulders as specified and to the number of passes as directed by the Engineer. The tendered rate shall also include for the neat trimming and removal of gravel material spilt onto the existing road surfacing during blading operations. The unit of measurement of sub-item M330.02 (b) shall be the distance of cutting metre drains over the width of the reserve measured in metres. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the cutting, labour, transport of the mitre drains as specified and directed by the Engineer. The tendered rate shall also include for the neat trimming and removal of gravel

Page 76: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.76

material spilt onto the existing road surfacing during cutting operations Add PM330.05 as follow:

Item Unit PM330.05 Overhaul on material in excess of 1km

(m3-km)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of material, hauled in excess of the 1,0km free-haul distance, multiplied by the average overhaul distance in excess of 1,0km free-haul.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for hauling material in excess of the free-haul distance for importing material during shoulder reinstatement or for hauling and material removed during removal of edge build-ups in excess of the free-haul distance.

Page 77: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.77

SECTION M4100: ERECTION AND REPAIR OF PERMANENT ROAD TRAFFIC ROAD SIGNS

PM4107 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item number M410.02 to PM410.02 and replace the third paragraph with “The tendered rates shall include full compensation for supplying and erecting the road sign supports, including all bolts, screws, rivets, welding and accessories, together with the painting and galvanising required, and the provision and treatment of breakaway holes in timber supports.” Replace Item M410.03 with PM410.03 as follows:

"PM410.03 Reference marker boards (a) Reference marker board and post number (No)

(marker post indicating full km position and 200m position between km positions facing perpendicular to travelling public planted as per standard drawing)

(b) Reference marker board number (No) (c) Re-erection of reference marker board and posts number (No) The unit of measurement for sub-item PM410.03 (a) shall be the number of

reference marker boards including posts supplied and erected in accordance with the drawings. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing the reference marker boards and posts, and for all labour, excavation, backfilling with soil or concrete as may be necessary for completing the work in accordance with the details shown on the drawings.

Sub-item PM410.03 (b) is for the provision of the reference marker board only

excluding a post, where boards are missing or old boards only are to be replaced. The unit of measurement for sub-item PM410.03 (b) shall be the number of reference marker boards only supplied and erected in accordance with the drawings. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing the reference marker boards only with bolts and nuts, and for all labour, as may be necessary for completing the work in accordance with the details shown on the drawings, and disposal of old material.”

Sub-item PM410.03 (c) is for the provision of re-erection of the reference marker board only, where boards are laying in the road reserve or skewed and need replanting. The unit of measurement for sub-item PM410.03 (c) shall be the number of reference marker boards erected in accordance with the drawings. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, material, excavation, backfilling with soil or concrete, as may be necessary for completing the work in accordance with the details shown on the drawings.

Page 78: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.78

Item Unit

PM410.10 Hazard plates and post (a) Hazard plates and post

(i) 600mm x 150mm number (No) (ii) 800mm x 200mm number (No) (iii) 1200mm x 300mm number (No) (iv) 600mm x 600mm number (No)

(b) Hazard plates only

(i) 600mm x 150mm number (No) (ii) 800mm x 200mm number (No) (iii) 1200mm x 300mm number (No) (iv) 600mm x 600mm number (No)

The unit of measurement for PM410.10(a) is the number of each size of hazard plate including posts supplied and erected complete in accordance with the details on the drawings. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for excavating, disposing of excavated material (including overhaul), erecting and for placing and compacting the soilcrete backfilling. The unit of measurement for PM410.10(b) is the number of each size of hazard supplied and erected complete in accordance with the details on the drawings.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing

all the necessary material, transport, labour and equipment and for repairing as specified.

Item M410.15 Procurement of road signboards

Add after the second paragraph as follows:

All sign faces shall be faced with retro-reflective material. Painted front sign face shall not be used.

Page 79: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.79

SECTION M4200: ROAD SIGN CLEANING

PM4204 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Add item M420.04 as follows:

“Item Unit

PM420.04 Re-taping of standard guard rail reflectors

(a) Type V Diamond grade Number (No) Tendered rate shall include for the procurement of the tape and

applying the tape to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Page 80: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.80

SECTION M4400: GUARD-RAIL ERECTION AND MAINTENANCE Replace the whole of M4400 with PM4400 as follows.

“SECTION PM4400: GUARDRAIL ERECTION AND MAINTENANCE CONTENTS PM4401 SCOPE PM4402 EXECUTION OF WORK PM4403 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA PM4404 MATERIALS PM4405 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PM4401 SCOPE

This section covers the supply and installation of new guardrails, and the maintenance of existing guardrails as well as the installation and repair of wire rope safety fence (WRSF). This section also includes the removal, straightening, realignment, renovation and re-erection of damaged guardrails.

PM4402 EXECUTION OF WORK

(a) Erection of new guardrails

New guardrails shall be erected at locations as directed by the Engineer. The holes for timber posts shall be of sufficient size to permit the proper setting of the posts and to allow sufficient room for backfilling the hole and tamping the filling. At least 1,0 m of a post shall be embedded in the ground. The posts, spacer blocks and guardrails shall be completely erected and set true to line and level so that the guardrail will be at the required height above the level of the road shoulder. Where jointed, the end of the guardrail which overlaps on the side of the traffic shall point in the direction of the traffic movement. The guardrail shall be suitably braced to prevent any movement, and all bolts shall be tightened prior to any holes being backfilled. After the Engineer has approved the guardrails so erected, the holes shall be backfilled with an approved sandy soil. The material shall be mixed with the correct quantity of water to ensure that the mixture will be placed while at or near the optimum moisture content. The mixture shall then be placed and thoroughly rammed in layers not exceeding 100 mm of compacted thickness.

Page 81: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.81

The approach ends, where the guardrail has to be bent down and anchored, and the trailing ends shall be constructed as shown on the drawings. The edges and the centre of the guardrails shall touch either the spacer block or the post where no spacer blocks are used. All splices of guardrails shall be at posts, and guardrails shall make contact over the entire area of the splice. Guardrail posts other than timber shall be erected and fixed as shown on the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer. Reflective plates shall be fixed in accordance with the details shown on the drawings. The reflective surfaces shall be arranged with the colours as shown on the drawings.

(b) Removing, renovating and re-erecting damaged guardrails

The Engineer shall approve removal, renovation and re-erection of guardrails. (i) Removing the guardrails

All guardrails, reflective plates and end units shall be carefully dug out and the holes shall be filled and compacted in 150 mm layers. Items used for fixing, such as bolts, nuts and washers, together with the reflective plates, shall be placed into bags, after which all the material shall be transported to a store approved by the Engineer and all stored in groups by type.

Where material is intended for reuse, it shall first be

unpacked for inspection by the Engineer for deciding which material will be suitable for reuse. Suitable material shall then be stored separately from material, which is unsuitable for reuse. Unsuitable material shall be scrapped and removed from site at the Contractor’s cost.

(ii) Renovated guardrails

Units suitable for reuse shall be taken to the workshop for

renovating if required by means of being re-shaped. Posts suitable for reuse shall be cleaned and treated with

a timber preservative. Bolts, nuts and washers to be reused shall be cleaned and all rust removed, and shall then be oiled.

The units shall be straightened by means of a

hydraulically or electrically powered machine capable of straightening guardrails to their original profile. If necessary, holes shall be redrilled to original positions. Rust shall be completely removed and minor indentations hammered out.

Page 82: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.82

No additional payment will be made for renovating the guardrails and timber posts. All costs for renovating the material must be included in the rate tendered under payment item PM440.07. Distinction in payment is made with regard to the origin of renovated guardrails. Renovated guardrails can either be procured from other sources or it can be existing guardrails from site.

(iii) Re-erection

The guardrails shall be erected in the positions as indicated and all the removed material suitable for reuse and as much supplementary new material as may be necessary shall be used. Re-erection shall be as specified for new guardrails, including fixing the retro-reflective plates.

(c) Realignment of existing guardrails The Engineer may require that the horizontal and vertical

alignments of existing guardrail lines be improved.

Some of the soil around the guardrail post shall be removed to loosen the posts prior to correcting the alignments. The raising of guardrails to the required height is best done by using hydraulic jacks at the posts. The soil left in the post hole shall then be thoroughly rammed in underneath the end of the post to keep the post at the correct height above the shoulder. Before the jacks are removed the remainder of the backfilling shall be carried out as described for new guardrails.

(d) Installation and repair of wire rope safety fence (WRSF) Wire rope safety fence shall be erected at locations as directed

by the Engineer. The installation and re-tensioning of wire rope safety fence is regarded as specialised work and shall be executed by a specialist Contractor. (i) Installation of wire rope safety fence Wire rope safety fence shall be installed in accordance

with the manufacturer's specifications and drawings. The erection of the wire rope safety fence shall be

completely erected as shown on the drawings and set true to line and level so that the wire rope safety fence will be at the required height above the level of the road shoulder. Posts shall be placed into steel sleeves in precast concrete post footings, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.

(ii) Repair and re-tensioning of wire rope safety fence Repair or replacement of damaged parts, due to traffic

accidents, shall be done as specified in the Project

Page 83: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.83

Specifications. Failure by the Contractor to comply with these requirements will make him liable for penalties as specified in the Project Specifications.

The periodic re-tensioning of the wire rope safety fence

is required. This shall be done by the manufacturer on instruction of the Engineer. On completion of the re-tensioning operation the manufacturer shall provide to the Engineer a re-tensioning certificate validating the work completed.

The manufacturer shall provide the Engineer with two

installation and repair manuals specific to the WRSF for each contract.

PM4403 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

All guardrail posts shall be rigid and vertical and the guardrail shall be firmly fixed to the post. The completed guardrail shall have a neat appearance and shall not show any visible deviation from the required line and grade. The guardrails shall overlap in the direction of traffic and the end wings bolted firmly on top of the guardrail. The wire rope safety fence shall comply with the requirements for road safety barriers set out in the European CEN Standards (Comité Europeén de Normalisation). The wire rope safety fence shall comply with the requirements of the impact tests as described in EN 1317 Road Restraint System with a containment level of N1.

PM4404 MATERIALS

(a) Guardrails (Plate only) Guardrails (plate only) shall comply with the requirements of

SANS 1350 and shall be supplied together with all bolts, nuts, washers and fixing materials required including the bolts for fixing the guardrails to the posts. The length of the guardrail will be measured according to its effective length equal to 3,81 m or 4,0 m.

Galvanising of guardrails, bolts, nuts and washers shall comply

with SANS 763. (b) Guardrail posts

(i) Timber posts

Page 84: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.84

Timber posts shall be supplied in lengths as shown on the drawings and shall comply with the requirements of SANS 457 and shall carry the SANS mark.

Posts shall be shaped and drilled as shown on the

drawings and shall have a top diameter of not less than 150 mm or more than 230 mm. The posts shall not exhibit excessive cracking and posts which in the opinion of the Engineer, exhibit a degree of cracking that would render them unfit for service during a much shorter than normal life, shall not be used.

Timber posts and spacer blocks shall be treated in

accordance with SANS requirements for timber preservation. New timber posts and spacer blocks shall be treated with a creosote preservative.

Posts shall not be sawn, drilled or shaped after treatment.

Where, however, the cutting of posts is unavoidable the Engineer may permit the required length to be cut off from the bottom of the post, provided that the exposed area is subsequently thoroughly treated with creosote.

(ii) Other guardrail posts

Normally only timber posts shall be used for supporting the guardrails but under certain circumstances other types of posts may be required. The type and size of other posts shall be as shown on the drawings.

(c) Guardrail reflectors

V-shaped reflective plates shall be manufactured from 1,5 mm

thick mild steel plate to the dimensions shown on the drawings. When supplied with the galvanised guardrails, they shall also be galvanised and when supplied with painted guardrails, they shall be finished in white baked enamel. The outer surface shall be coated with Engineering-grade retro-reflective material, which complies with the provisions of CKS 191 in the colours shown on the drawings. Holes for fixing shall be drilled before the reflective plates are galvanised or painted.

(d) Wire rope safety fence (WRSF) materials

All materials inter alia cables, posts, footings, anchor blocks,

reflectors and all other related and accompanying materials used in the installation and repair of wire rope safety fence must be provided by the manufacturer and meet the manufacturer’s specifications. Materials must be readily available to the Contractor.

Page 85: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.85

PM4405 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PM4400 GUARDRAIL ERECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Item Unit PM440.01 Supply and erection of new guardrails (a) 3,81 m guardrails metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of guardrail erected in position excluding curved guardrails and end units according to the length of guardrail. The tendered rate shall exclude guardrails which will be procured under sub-item PM440.08 (a)(i), but include full compensation for furnishing all other materials, and labour for erecting the guardrail complete with posts, spacer blocks, bolts, nuts, washers and reinforcing plates. Item Unit PM440.02 Supply and erection of new curved

guardrails factory bent to a radius of less than 45,0 m

(a) 3,81 m guardrails metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of curved guardrail erected in position and measured in place according to the length of guardrail. The tendered rate shall exclude guardrails which will be procured under sub-item PM440.08 (a)(i), but include full compensation for furnishing all other materials, and labour for erecting the guardrail complete with posts, spacer blocks, bolts, nuts, washers and reinforcing plates. Item Unit PM440.03 Extra over for erection of guardrail posts (a) Additional posts for items PM440.01 and

PM440.02 number (No)

(b) Excavation in hard material number (No) (c) Backfilling guardrail post with soilcrete number (No)

(d) Backfilling guardrail post with concrete number (No)

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM440.03 (a) shall be the number of additional guardrail posts erected in position and measured in place,

Page 86: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.86

according to the type of post. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for furnishing and erecting guardrail posts complete with spacer blocks, bolts, nuts, washers, and reinforcing plates. The unit of measurement for sub-item PM440.03 (b) shall be the number of holes excavated in hard material, which cannot be removed by mechanical auger or hand tools, according to the type of post. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all materials, labour and equipment and all incidentals required for making holes in hard material.

The unit of measurement for sub-items PM440.03 (c) and (d) shall be the number of guardrail posts backfilled with soilcrete or concrete, according to the type of post. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for provision of soilcrete or concrete for backfilling to guardrail posts as instructed by the Engineer or as detailed on the drawings. Item Unit PM440.04 End units (a) End wings number (No) (b) Terminal sections in accordance with the

drawings where single guardrail sections are used

(i) 3,81 m guardrails number (No) (c)

Terminal sections in accordance with the drawings where double guardrail sections are used

number (No)

(i) 3,81 m guardrail number (No)

(d) Bull nose end units number (No)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of end units of each type erected, according to the length of guardrail. The tendered rates shall include full compensation for all labour, constructional equipment and material, except guardrails which will be procured under item PM440.08 (a)(i), required for installing the end units as shown on the drawings including posts, fittings and the bending of turned-down sections, excavations, backfilling and the removal of surplus backfilling. Item Unit PM440.05 Guardrail reflectors number (No)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of guardrail reflectors installed. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for supplying all materials and labour required for manufacturing, painting and fixing guardrail reflectors as specified and as shown on the drawings.

Page 87: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.87

Item Unit PM440.06 Removal of damaged guardrails and re-

erection of guardrails with recovered, renovated or new material

(a) (a) Guardrails metre(m) (b) End Wings Number(No) (c) Terminal sections with single guardrails Number(No) (d) Terminal sections with double guardrails Number(No)

(e) Extra over for providing additional guardrail

posts

(i) Timber post Number (No)

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM440.06 (a) shall be the metre of guardrails, according to the length of guardrail, removed and re-erected including the post with spacer blocks, excavating, backfilling the post holes and removing any surplus excavated material.

The unit of measurement for sub-items PM440.06 (b), (c) and (d) shall be the number of units removed and re-erected, according to the length of guardrail.

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for constructional equipment, labour and tools required to remove the items and re-erecting the guardrails as specified with recovered, renovated or new material, including loading, transporting between any two points on the site and off-loading the material. The providing of renovated material shall be paid under item PM440.07 and new material under item PM440.08. The tendered rate shall also include for the loosening of bolts and the adjacent sections of guardrails in order to adjust their position to accommodate the recovered, renovated or new sections of guardrails. The unit of measurement for sub-item PM440.06 (e) shall be the number of additional guardrail posts erected in position and measured in place, according to the type of post. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for furnishing and erecting guardrail posts complete with spacer blocks, bolts, nuts, washers, and reinforcing plates. Item Unit PM440.07 Providing of renovated guardrail material (a) Guardrails procured metre (m)

Page 88: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.88

The unit of measurement for sub-items PM440.07 (a) and (b) shall be the metre of renovated guardrail, according to the length of guardrail, which has been re-shaped, procured or supplied from site complete with bolts, nuts, washers and reinforcing plates. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for renovating the material as specified, and all labour, material and equipment required for the re-shaping of the guardrail. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the work as specified, including the loading, transporting to and from the workshops, off-loading and storing of the material and transporting the material back to site at the position of re-erection. Payment for renovated material will only be made after erection of the renovated material. Item Unit PM440.08 Providing of new material (a) Supply of new guardrails (i) Supply of new guardrails

(Galvanised) provisional sum

(PS) (ii) Handling costs and profit in respect of

sub-item PM440.08 (a)(i) percentage (%)

(b) Timber posts number (No) (c) Spacer blocks number (No) (d) Guardrail reflectors (i) Type D1 (A) number (No) (iii) Type V number (No)

The provisional sum provided under sub-item PM440.08 (a)(i) is for the procurement of new guardrails, curved guardrails, end wings and steel posts Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of subclause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub-item PM440.08 (a)(i), which shall include full compensation for the handling costs and profit of the Contractor. The unit of measurement for sub-items PM440.08 (b), (c) and (d) shall be the number of additional items provided such as posts, spacer blocks and guardrail reflectors.

Item Unit PM440.09 Reinstatement of concrete to guardrail posts cubic metre (m³) (specify class)

Page 89: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.89

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of concrete placed in accordance with the authorised dimensions. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for procuring and furnishing all materials, mixing, transporting, placing and compaction of the concrete.

Item Unit PM440.10 Realignment of guardrails metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of guardrail realigned in position on the instruction of the Engineer, according to the length of guardrail. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for labour, tools, equipment and materials required for the realignment of guardrails as specified. Item Unit PM440.11 Painting of guardrails metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of guardrails painted. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, material and equipment required for the cleaning and painting (with an appropriate galvanised or bitumen aluminium paint) of the guardrail. Remove oil, grease and temporary protective coating by wire brushing, sanding, and followed by clean water rinses until a water break-free surface is achieved back to bright metal. Item Unit PM440.12 Installation of wire rope safety fence (a) Installation of wire rope safety fence provisional sum

(PS) (b) Handling costs and profit in respect of sub-

item PM440.12 (a) percentage (%)

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of subclause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub-item PM440.12 (a), which shall include full compensation for the handling costs and profit of the Contractor.

Page 90: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.90

Item Unit PM440.13 Procurement of wire rope safety fence

materials

(a) Procurement of wire rope safety fence

materials provisional sum

(PS) (b) Handling costs and profit in respect of sub-

item PM440.13 (a) percentage (%)

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of subclause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub-item PM440.13 (a), which shall include full compensation for the handling costs and profit of the Contractor.

Item Unit PM440.14 Repair of damaged wire rope safety fence

and re-erection of wire rope safety fence with recovered, renovated or new material

(a) Repair of wire rope safety fence installation metre (m) (b) Post footings number (No) (c) Anchor blocks number (No)

The unit of measurement for sub-item PM440.14 (a) shall be the metre of wire rope safety fence repaired and shall be measured between the two posts that are not damaged. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, equipment and traffic accommodation required for the removal of damaged wire rope safety fence and re-erection of wire rope safety fence with recovered, renovated or new material which will be procured under sub-item PM440.13 (a).

The unit of measurement for sub-items PM440.14 (b) and (c) shall be the

number of post footings and anchor blocks repaired. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the removal of damaged post footings and anchor blocks and disposal thereof, and all labour, equipment and material required for the installation of new post footings and anchor blocks which will be procured under sub-item PM440.13 (a). All repairs must be done to the specifications of the relevant patent holder. Item Unit PM440.15 Re-tensioning of wire rope safety fence number (No)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of re-tensioning of wire rope safety fence installations. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, material, equipment and traffic accommodation required for the re-tensioning of a single installation of wire rope safety fence, between a set

Page 91: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.91

of anchor blocks. The re-tensioning of wire rope safety fence shall be done on instruction of the Engineer and payment will only be made once the supplier has issued a tensioning certificate to the Engineer. All repairs must be done to the specifications of the relevant patent holder.

Page 92: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.92

SECTION M4600: ROAD MARKINGS

PM4607 APPLYING THE PAINT Delete the second last paragraph and replace with the following:

Ordinary road marking paint shall be applied at a rate not less than 0.45 litre per m² or as directed by the Engineer and proprietary brand paints or plastic road marking materials shall be applied at the rate specified.

M4609 TOLERANCES Add the following: (e) Application The application of the paint shall not deviate from the specified by more than minus 0.02 litre per m² or more than 0.03 litre per m² when litre applied is divided by the surface area. PM4613 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Amend items "M460.01 to M460.06" to "PM460.01 to PM460.06" and add the following to item PM460.06: "Items PM460.01 to PM460.05 are payment items for small projects less than R50000,00 in value, whereas item PM460.06 is for road marking undertaken in one operation on a section of road with a value of at least R50000,00 on instruction of the Engineer."

Page 93: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.93

SECTION M4700: MAINTNANCE OF LAYBYES AND REST AREAS PM4702 EXECUTION OF WORK Add the following paragraph: “Refuse drums must be purpose made, steel bins as per detail bound in the back of the document, mounted between two timber bollards” PM4704 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item number “M470.01” to “PM470.01” and replace the first sentence of the first paragraph with: “Payment shall be made in accordance with Subclause 13.6 of the Fidic Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered rates for Section M9100 Daywork shall apply”

Add the following new items: “Item Unit PM470.02 Supply and erection of new road side furniture

(a) Shelter, thatch tiles on galvanises steel structure, 3.5m diameter number (No)

(b) Pre-cast concrete tables per drawing (TD---RRR-MS-300 to 302-V1) number (No)

(c) Pre-cast concrete tables per drawing (TD---RRR-MS-300 to 302-V1) number (No)

(d) Concrete In situ paving, 100mm thick, 3.2m diameter number (No)

(e) Timber bollards, 1.8m long, 150mm diameter with rounded end number (No)

(g) Refuse drums as per detail, mounted between two timber bollards number (No)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of road side furniture supply and erected on instruction of the Engineer. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for labour, tools, equipment and materials required for the installation of road side furniture as specified on the drawings or on instruction of the engineer.

Page 94: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.94

SECTION M5100: GENERAL EROSION PROTECTION PM5105 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Add the following new items: Item Unit

PM510.07 Provision of vegetation destroyer and ant poison

(i) Spraying of herbicide/ant poison provisional sum (PS)

(ii) The Contractor’s overhead charges and Percentage (%) profit in respect of sub-item M470.01 (a)

Payment shall be made in accordance with Subclause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

The tendered percentage for sub-item M510.07 (b) is a percentage of the amount actually spent. The percentage shall include for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor for the maintenance of lay-byes and rest areas.

Page 95: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.95

SECTION M6100: CONTROL OF VEGETATION GROWTH: MOWING AND CUTTING Replace the whole of M6100 with PM6100 as follows.

“SECTION PM6100: CONTROL OF VEGETATION GROWTH: MOWING AND CUTTING CONTENTS PM6101 SCOPE PM6102 DEFINITIONS PM6103 EXECUTION OF WORK PM6104 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA PM6105 EQUIPMENT PM6106 INSPECTION OF MOWING AND CUTTING FOR PAYMENT PM6107 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PM6101 SCOPE

This section covers the control of planted or natural grasses and other vegetation by means of mechanical mowers or by hand on single and dual carriageway roads. It includes the removal of the grass cuttings by means of mechanical balers or by hand. The work shall either be executed on instruction or on a performance based basis as specified in the Project Specifications.

PM6102 DEFINITIONS

The following definitions apply for the control of vegetation growth by mowing and cutting. Mowing operation – mowing and cutting of vegetation by means of mechanical mowers or by handheld equipment, and disposal of vegetation cuttings. The mowing operation shall be undertaken on areas classified as general mow, shoulder mow, designated and additional.

General mow – a mow along the road, of all areas inside the road reserve including the road reserve of cross roads extending up to the limits of the Employer’s responsibility, as indicated by reference marker boards or as shown on the drawings.

Shoulder mow – a mow along the road, of selected areas such as strips adjacent to the road surface, drains, culvert inlet and outlet areas, median, and designated areas, inside the road reserve including the road reserve of cross roads extending up to the limits of the Employer’s responsibility, as indicated by reference marker boards or as shown on the drawings.

Designated areas – areas inside the road reserve such as the sight

triangles at intersections, rest areas, lay byes, in front of and around road signs and reference marker boards, around traffic count stations and ITS

Page 96: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.96

infrastructure, along guardrails, and all other areas as specified or as shown on the drawings.

Additional areas – selected areas inside the road reserve which may

require to be mowed more frequently than the programmed general mow, shoulder mow, and designated areas, such as ad hoc and rest areas, along fence lines, either side of concrete drains, and under guardrails.

Initial mow – an initial general or shoulder mow within the first two months of the contract period.

Interchange – the area of an interchange which has on and off ramps is

defined as the full road reserve between the two furthest points of intersection of the outside edges of the ramp and the main carriageway, measured along the carriageway. This includes the full road reserve width of the cross road extending up to the limits of the Employer’s responsibility, as indicated by reference marker boards or as shown on the drawings.

PM6103 EXECUTION OF WORK

The frequency of the mowing operation as indicated in the Project Specifications shall be adhered to, or as instructed by the Engineer. An initial general or shoulder mow within the first two months of the contract period may be required and will be on the instruction of the Engineer.

(a) General mow

The area of mowing for a general mow shall be for the full road reserve area, irrespective whether it is a single carriageway, dual carriageway or single carriageway in a future dual carriageway road reserve.

(a) Shoulder mow

A shoulder mow along the road shall include the following:

(i) Strips adjacent to the road surface The width of the strips are 4.5 measured from edge of

surfacing.

(ii) Side drains Any grassed or gravel side drains irrespective of their

lateral location to the outer edge of surfacing, shall be mowed to a width of 3 m measured about the centre of the drain. The area between any grassed, gravel or concrete side drains irrespective of their lateral location to the outer edge of surfacing, and the shoulder mow strip, shall be mowed.

(iii) Culvert inlet and outlet areas including the removal of all

cuttings to avoid creating blockages. The strip width must be at least the structure width or in the absence of

Page 97: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.97

headwalls, the horizontal opening of culvert plus 1m measured additional on both sides up to the road reserve boundary

(iv) Median

The full width of the median on dual carriageway roads.

(v) Interchanges

Shoulder mowing at interchanges shall consist of the mowing of full interchange quadrants including the 3 m strips adjacent to the outside edges of ramps as indicated on the drawings, and the cross road extending up to the limits of the Employer’s responsibility.

(vi) Rest areas The width of the strip to be cut for rest areas shall extend

from the outer edge of surfacing to 3 m beyond the outer edge of the rest area facilities such as litter containers, tables and benches.

(vii) Designated areas

Shoulder mowing shall also include the cutting of all designated areas.

(c) Designated areas

The mowing of designated areas shall be for the full extent of the respective areas as specified or shown on the drawings. The area along guardrails shall extend from the edge of surfacing or concrete side drain to 0,5 m behind guardrail posts.

(d) Additional areas

The mowing of additional areas shall be for the for the respective areas specified, namely ad hoc and rest areas, along fence lines, either side of concrete drains, and under guardrails.

(e) Mowing of strips adjacent to the fence line

Strips shall be mowed adjacent to the fence line to the following specified widths:

(i) In urban and peri-urban areas: 1 m wide (ii) In rural areas: 5 m wide Such strips shall be mowed in urban and peri-urban areas in order to clear the fence of vegetation and in rural areas to serve

Page 98: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.98

as fire breaks or as an advance measure for the burning of fire breaks.

(f) Mowing of strips adjacent to pedestrian paths and concrete side drains.

Strips shall be mowed adjacent to pedestrian paths and concrete side drains to a width of 1.5m measured from the edge of concrete of path surfacing.

(g) Requirements The following shall apply for any mowing operation: (i) All declared vegetation (invasive and alien) and

undesirable vegetation with a stem girth up to 150 mm, measured 1m from the surrounding ground level, forms part of the mowing operation, and shall be removed and disposed of.

(ii) The breaking up and flattening of ant heaps (iii) The grass shall be mowed to a height of not less than 50

mm and not more than 150 mm measured above the surrounding ground level, and the grass cuttings shall be removed and disposed of.

(iv) No distinction will be made between grass on flat areas

or on slopes, or for grass in rocky areas. (v) The finished work shall provide a neat and even cut

appearance with no isolated tufts of grass left remaining. Areas shall be left neat and tidy with all vegetation cuttings removed.

(vi) The Contractor shall be responsible for baling or the

collection and disposal of all grass cuttings by machine or by hand. Grass cuttings may be left in sparsely covered areas but shall be evenly distributed as directed by the Engineer.

(vii) The removal of the bales or heaps of grass shall be

undertaken at the same rate of progress as the baling operation. Bales or heaps of grass shall not be left in drainage channels or be left closer than 3 m from the edge of surfacing. Bales or heaps of grass shall be removed from the road reserve weekly.

(viii) Vegetation shall be cut where it grows in joints and

cracks, and spreads over the edges of all concrete, paved, stone pitched and other surfaced areas, and structures inter alia as follows:

road pavement;

Page 99: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.99

drains of which concrete drains shall be swept clean of vegetation, silt and debris after the vegetation has been cut;

lay-byes, sidewalks, traffic islands and ramp gores;

embankment protection at bridges;

bridges and culverts: and

retaining and barrier structures. Vegetation shall be cut at surfaced areas and structures

in the following areas according to the mowing operation:

general mow – full road reserve;

shoulder mow, designated and additional areas – within and adjacent to the area of cut

(ix) The grass around any road signs which may be outside

of the road reserve but are part of the signs layout for an interchange or intersection within the road reserve, shall be mowed.

(x) Certain areas around road signs, trees, shrubs, hedges,

dazzle screens, large obstructions, under guardrails, at retaining walls, barrier walls, wing walls and abutments, on steep slopes, in drainage trenches and dongas, and underneath fences, will not lend themselves to normal machine cutting and these areas shall be cut using alternative methods.

(xi) Cutting by hand, cleaning and removal of grass cuttings

shall keep up with the mechanical mowing. At no time shall the mechanical mower be allowed to be more than 7 km ahead of the hand team finishing behind.

(xii) Grass flattened by implements during the mowing

operation shall be cut by hand. (xiii) Grass and other vegetation cuttings may not be burnt in

the road reserve or in the immediate vicinity of any road. (xiv) The vegetation growth around signs should be controlled

in such a way necessary to prevent any damage to the signs due to veld fires.

(xv) Any general or shoulder mow undertaken on instruction

of the Engineer as a non-performance based item, which may include a portion thereof which is separately undertaken as a shoulder mow or designated area as a performance based item, then the general or shoulder mow shall be carried out over its full area according to the specifications, irrespective if the vegetation within the area of the performance based item is within its own specification.

Page 100: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.100

(h) Non-performance based criteria The general and shoulder mow, and mowing of designated and

additional areas, shall be undertaken on instruction of the Engineer.

PM6104 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

(i) Non-performance based criteria Vegetation shall be cut to the required height and mowing done evenly without abrupt changes or breaks and within the period specified. The finished work shall provide a neat and even cut appearance with no isolated tufts of grass left remaining. Areas shall be left neat and tidy with all vegetation cuttings removed.

PM6105 EQUIPMENT

The mechanical mowers shall be in good order and fitted with a boom mounted flail cutting attachment to cut vegetation on slopes. The mechanical mower and baler shall be fitted with two high intensity amber flashing lights, which shall be visible from both the front and the rear of the vehicle. In addition, the mechanical mower shall be fitted with structures designed to protect the operator from falling material or from being crushed should the vehicle overturn. The hand team shall have equipment in good condition, including handheld machinery and implements for mowing and cutting of vegetation, and disposal of grass cuttings. Safety precautions shall be taken to ensure that the mowing operation does not project or propel any stone or object, which may cause injury to persons, or damage to public vehicles and property. Provision shall be made for one flagman to accompany each motorised mower. The flagman shall be thoroughly trained to carry out the flagging procedure required for the mowing activity to ensure that the travelling public respects any warnings given to them. The mower shall as far as possible always operate in the direction of traffic flow and the flagman shall maintain a distance of approximately 150 m behind the mower.

PM6106 INSPECTION OF MOWING AND CUTTING FOR PAYMENT

(a) Non-performance based criteria

Inspection for mowing will be done as and when required after the completion of the work by the Contractor.

Failure by the Contractor to comply with the spacing requirements for the mechanical mower and hand team, and the completion time for the mowing operation specified in the Project

Page 101: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.101

Specifications shall render the Contractor liable for the penalty specified.

PM6107 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PM6100 GENERAL AND SHOULDER MOW

Item Unit PM610.02 General mow – non-performance based (b) Reserve with single carriageway number (No)

(i) N10/9 Prieska to Marydale (72.96km) (ii) N10/10 Marydale to Groblershoop (55.6km) (iii) N10/11 Groblershoop to Upington (116.68km) (iv) N10/12 Upington to Nakop (134.17km)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of general mows carried out.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for furnishing all equipment and labour for the mowing operation, regardless of whether the grass is cut by machine or hand, and shall include all costs for the picking up and disposal of grass cuttings.

Item Unit PM610.07 Shoulder mow – non-performance based (b) Reserve with single carriageway number (No)

(i) N10/9 Prieska to Marydale (72.96km) (ii) N10/10 Marydale to Groblershoop (55.6km) (iii) N10/11 Groblershoop to Upington (116.68km) (iv) N10/12 Upington to Nakop (134.17km)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of shoulder mows carried out.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for furnishing all equipment and labour for the mowing operation, regardless of whether the grass is cut by machine or hand, and shall include all costs for the picking up and disposal of grass cuttings.

PM6110 MOWING OF DESIGNATED AND ADDITIONAL AREAS

Item Unit PM611.01 Mowing of designated areas – non-performance

based

Page 102: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.102

(a) Reserve with dual carriageway number (No) (specify section and km distance including

interchanges)

(b) Reserve with single carriageway number (No) (specify section and km distance including

interchanges)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of mows of designated areas carried out.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for furnishing all equipment and labour for the mowing operation, regardless of whether the grass is cut by machine or hand, and shall include all costs for the picking up and disposal of grass cuttings. Item Unit PM611.02 Mowing of designated areas – performance based month

(i) N10/9 Prieska to Marydale (72.96km) (ii) N10/10 Marydale to Groblershoop (55.6km) (iii) N10/11 Groblershoop to Upington (116.68km) (iv) N10/12 Upington to Nakop (134.17km)

The unit of measurement shall be the month for the mow of designated areas carried out, and is payable only after the initial shoulder mow has been completed to specification. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for furnishing all equipment and labour for the mowing operation, regardless of whether the grass is cut by machine or hand, and shall include all costs for the picking up and disposal of grass cuttings.

Item Unit PM611.03 Mowing of additional areas (a) Ad hoc areas square metre (m2)

The unit of measurement for subitems PM611.03 (a) shall be the area cut.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for furnishing all equipment and labour for the mowing operation, regardless of whether the grass is cut by machine or hand, and shall include all costs for the picking up and disposal of grass cuttings.”

Page 103: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.103

SECTION M6200: CHEMICAL CONTROL OF VEGETATION AND ERADICATION OF UNDESIRABLE VEGETATION

PM6205 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend items "M620.01" and "M620.02" to read as items "PM620.01" and "PM620.02" and replace them with the following items:

“Item Unit

PM620.01 Annual chemical eradication of undesirable vegetation

(a) Road reserve with dual carriageway number (No) (specify section and km distance including interchanges) (b) Road reserve with single carriageway number (No) (specify section and km distance including interchanges)

The unit of measurement shall be the number of annual chemical eradication of undesirable vegetation per section as specified, and described in sub-clause M6202 (b). A selective herbicide shall be used. The Contractor is to assess the number of different types of chemicals that will be required to eradicate the areas of undesirable vegetation. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, equipment and chemical required for the spraying of the chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. The tendered rates shall be fully inclusive of any costs arising from restricted working conditions due to the nature of the site or traffic flow. Payment will be made as follows: (a) 60% will be payable when visible results are obtained

(b) The remaining 40% will be payable when at least 90% of the treated

vegetation has been controlled in the opinion of the Engineer. Item Unit PM620.02 Additional chemical eradication of undesirable

vegetation and control of vegetation growth on instruction of the Engineer

(a) Isolated areas area (m2) (b) Dense areas (areas more than 20% infested) hectare (ha) (c) Shoulder weedspray kilometre (km) (d) Extra over sub-item PM620.02 (c) under guardrails kilometre (km) (e) Openings, cracks and joints on concrete channels, lay-

byes and block paved areas, and joints between the road pavement and concrete channels

Page 104: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.104

(i) Road reserve with dual carriageway number (No)

(specify section and km distance including interchanges)

(ii) Road reserve with single carriageway number (No) (specify section and km distance including interchanges) (f) Around road signs, marker boards and traffic count stations

(i) Road reserve with dual carriageway number (No) (specify section and km distance including interchanges)

(ii) Road reserve with single carriageway number (No) (specify section and km distance including interchanges)

(g) Between road reserve fence and neighbouring area (m2) solid wall

The unit of measurement for the items shall be as specified, for the additional chemical eradication of undesirable vegetation and control of vegetation growth on instruction of the Engineer, as described in sub-clause M6202 (a). The herbicides to be used per sub-clause M6202 (a) are as follows: items (i), (ii) and (iv) - selective herbicide items (iii), (vi) and (vii) - non-selective herbicide with three

months residual item (v) - contact herbicide The Contractor is to assess the number of different types of chemicals that will be required to eradicate the areas of undesirable vegetation and control the vegetation growth. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all labour, equipment and chemical required for the spraying of the chemicals in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. The tendered rates shall be fully inclusive of any costs arising from restricted working conditions due to the nature of the site or traffic flow. Payment will be made as follows: (a) 60% will be payable when visible results are obtained

(b) The remaining 40% will be payable when at least 90% of the treated

vegetation has been controlled in the opinion of the Engineer."

Page 105: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.105

Add the following new items: Item Unit PM620.05 Chemical control of vegetation and eradication of undesirable vegetation (a) Chemical control of vegetation and eradication of

undesirable vegetation provisional sum (Prov Sum)

(b) The Contractor’s overhead charges and Percentage (%) profit in respect of sub-item M620.05 Payment shall be made in accordance with Subclause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

The tendered percentage for sub-item M620.05 (b) is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub item 620.05(a). which shall include full compensation for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor.

Page 106: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.106

SECTION M6300: REMOVAL OF UNDESIRABLE VEGETATION: PHYSICAL ERADICATION

PM6301 SCOPE Add the following after the first paragraph:

“These are the plants which have been declared Weeds and Alien Invader Plants in South Africa in terms of the Regulations pertaining to the Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act 43 of 1983 as amended. For more information, about alien plants please see:

http://www.agis.agric.za/wip/ http://www.arc.agric.za/

Declared Weeds & Alien Invader Plants are divided into three categories:

Category 1 Plants. This is the strictest category. These plants may not occur on any land or inland water surface other than in a biological control reserve. Except for the purposes of establishing a biological control reserve, one may not plant, maintain, multiply or propagate such plants, import or sell or acquire propagating material of such plants except with the written exception of the executive officer.

Category 2 Plants. These are plants with a commercial application and may only be grown in demarcated areas (or biological control reserves). See the Government Gazette listed below for details relating to demarcated areas. Other provisions of category 1 apply.

Category 3 Plants. The regulations regarding these plants are the same as for category 1, except that plants already in existence at the time of the commencement of these regulations are exempt, unless they occur within 30 metres of a 1:50 year flood line of river, stream etc

http://www.plantzafrica.com/miscell/aliens1.htm http://www.sana.co.za/alien-invasive-plants/” PM6302 EXECUTION OF WORK

(a) Removal of undesirable vegetation Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following: “The Contractor shall remove all noxious weeds, invader plants and other undesirable vegetation on instruction of the Engineer. Such an instruction will result in payment to be made under Payment Item M630.04.” Add to the fourth paragraph as follows:

“For a more comprehensive list, the Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act may be downloaded from the Internet at the address:

http://www.nda.agric.za/docs/Act43/Eng.htm

Page 107: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.107

http://www.environment.co.za/weeds-invaders-alien-vegetation/alien-invasive-plants-list-for-south-africa.html

http://www.invasives.org.za/invasive-species/itemlist/category/35-invasive-plants.html

http://www.sali.co.za/documents/CARA%20IAP%20lists%202002.pdf

M6304 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Amend item "M630.01" to read as item "PM630.01" and replace sub-item (a) with the following sub-item:

“Item Unit

PM630.01 Eradication of undesirable vegetation

(b) Annual eradication number(No)

(i) N10/9 Prieska to Marydale (72.96km) (ii) N10/10 Marydale to Groblershoop (55.6km) (iii) N10/11 Groblershoop to Upington (116.68km) (iv) N10/12 Upington to Nakop (134.17km)

The unit of measurement for sub-items PM630.01 (b) (i) is number (No), for the annual eradication of undesirable vegetation and felling of declared trees as described in sub-clause M6302 (a), on the instruction of the Engineer. The felling of declared trees described in sub-clause M6302 (a) with a girth greater than 500 mm will be measured and paid for under item M630.02. The tendered rates shall include full compensation for all labour and equipment necessary for the cutting of the vegetation, trees and branches including cutting trunks and branches into manageable sizes, and painting all cut faces with herbicide where necessary, loading, off loading and spreading and hauling to an approved dump site."

Page 108: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.108

SECTION M7100: EMERGENCY STANDBY TEAM PM7102 EXECUTION OF WORK Delete the third paragraph in item (c) relating to the requirement for an electronically illuminated high visibility sign.

Page 109: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.109

SECTION M7200: ALL-EMERGENCY NORMALISATION

M7204 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Replace pay item M720.01 with the following: “Item Unit

PM720.01 All-emergency normalisation

(a) Accident restoration and clearing of spillages hour

(b) Fire fighting hour

(c) Safeguarding of dangerous area hour

The unit of measurement shall be the number of hours spent at the scene of the accidental event in the execution of all work necessary to normalise, restore or safeguard the roadway and road surface. Travelling time to and from the scene is excluded. The tendered rates shall include full compensation for all costs of operation of the emergency team and equipment in the execution of the work. The tendered rates shall be deemed to include full compensation for all labour, overheads, head-office expenses, profits, fuel and disbursements.” Add the following pay item PM720.02:

“Item Unit

PM720.02 Procurement of materials

(a) Procurement of materials and services provisional sum (Prov Sum)

(b) The Contractor’s overhead charges and percentage (%)

profit in respect of sub-item PM720.02 (a) The unit of measure for sub-item PM720.02 (a) shall be the amounts actually

paid for the procurement of material and services for all-emergency normalisation on instruction of the Engineer. In addition, the type of cleaning material to be used shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the procurement thereof.

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-

clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage for sub-item PM720.02 (b) is a percentage of the amount actually spent under sub-item PM720.02 (a), which shall include full compensation for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor."

Page 110: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.110

Add the following pay item PM720.03:

“Item Unit

PM720.03 Supply of materials for oil spillage

(a) Spillsorb or Petrosorb (30kg bags) per bag

The unit of measurement shall be the number of bags supply and deliver on the site of the accidental event in the execution of all work necessary to normalise, restore or safeguard the roadway and road surface. The tendered rates shall include full compensation for all costs of supply and deliver the material on site. The tendered rates shall be deemed to include full compensation for all labour, overheads, head-office expenses, profits, fuel and disbursements.”

Page 111: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.111

SECTION M9100: DAYWORK SCHEDULE

M9104 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Add the following pay item PM910.06:

“Item Unit

PM910.06 Repairs to road network

(a) Repairs to road network provisional sum (Prov Sum)

(b) The Contractor’s overhead charges and percentage (%)

profit in respect of sub-item PM910.06 (a) This pay item is for the emergency or specialist repairs to the road network which

is required by the Employer, and which work will be undertaken by a nominated subcontractor, and will be for work in excess of R100,000.00 per service. Arrangements for the services required and supervision thereof, will be undertaken by the Engineer. The contractor will only be required to make arrangements for the payment of the services required.

The unit of measure for sub-item PM910.06 (a) shall be the amounts actually

paid for the procurement of the services required for the repairs to the road network on instruction of the Engineer.

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-

clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The tendered percentage for sub-item PM910.06 (b) on the amount actually spent under sub-item PM910.06 (a) may not exceed 5%, which is full compensation for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor."

Page 112: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.112

C3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN C3.3.1 SCOPE

The Employer recognises environmental management as a key component of road infrastructure development and as part of its environmental policy has developed this Environmental Management Plan (EMP) as a tool for continual improvement in environmental performance. This EMP prescribes the methods by which proper environmental controls are to be implemented by the contractor. The duration over which the contractor’s controls shall be in place cover the construction period of the project as well as the limited time after contract completion defined by the Conditions of Contract as the defects notification period (maintenance period).

The provisions of this EMP are binding on the contractor during the life of the contract. They are to be read in conjunction with all the documents that comprise the suite of documents for this contract, particularly the conditions of any environmental authorisation and associated Environmental Management Programme (EMPr). In the event that any conflict occurs between the terms of the EMP and the project specifications or environmental authorisation, the terms herein shall be subordinate.

The EMP is a dynamic document subject to similar influences and changes as are brought by variations to the provisions of the project specifications. Any changes to the EMP and/or environmental authorisation cannot occur without being submitted to the Employer who will manage the process of seeking approval of the change from the relevant authority .

The EMP identifies the following: (a) relevant parties and their responsibilities; (b) construction activities that will impact on the environment.; (b) specifications with which the contractor shall comply in order to protect

the environment from the identified impacts; and (c) actions that shall be taken in the event of non-compliance.

C3.3.2 DEFINITIONS

C3.3.2.1 Alien Vegetation: undesirable plant growth which shall include, but is

not limited to, all declared category 1 and 2 listed invader species as set out in the Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act (CARA), 1983 Regulations. Other vegetation deemed to be alien shall be those plant species that show the potential to occupy in number, any area within the defined construction area and which are declared to be undesirable.

C3.3.2.2 Construction Activity: any action taken by the contractor, his

subcontractors, suppliers or personnel during the construction process as defined in the contract documents.

C3.3.2.3 Environment: the surroundings within which the contract exists and

comprises land, water, atmosphere, micro-organisms, plant and animal life (including humans) in any part or combination thereof as well as any

Page 113: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.113

physical, chemical, aesthetic or cultural inter-relationship among and between them.

C3.3.2.4 Environmental Aspect: any component of a contractor’s construction

activity that is likely to interact with the environment. C3.3.2.5 Environmental authorisation: a written statement from the National

Department of Environmental Affairs (DEA), with the general and specific conditions and the EMPr recording its approval of an application for a planned undertaking that triggers listed activities in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) regulations of the National Environmental Management Act (NEMA).

C3.3.2.6 Environmental Impact: any change to the environment, whether

desirable or undesirable, that will result from the effect of a construction activity. An impact may be the direct or indirect consequence of a construction activity.

C3.3.2.7 Road Reserve: a corridor of land, defined by co-ordinates and/or

proclamation, within which the road, including access intersections or interchanges, is situated. A road reserve may, or may not, be bounded by a fence.

C3.3.2.8 Site: defined in the Conditions of Contract and in the scope of work. It

is bound by the limits of construction as shown in the drawings or the title of the project and extends to also include the following:

- areas outside the construction zones where accommodation of traffic is

placed; - all borrow pits defined in the applications approved by the relevant

Department of Mineral Resources (DMR); - all haul roads constructed by the contractor for purposes of access; - any non-adjacent sites specified in the contract documentation; - the contractor’s and his subcontractors’ camp sites; and - for the purposes of this EMP includes areas outside of, but adjacent to,

the road reserve that may be affected by construction activities. C3.3.2.9 Spoil material: material unsuitable for construction of the road

pavement and for which no other useful purpose can be found in appurtenant works on the project (e.g. for the provision of protection berms). Such material is considered as waste material that requires spoiling at convenient areas to be identified by the engineer and/or contractor within the Site. Spoil material does not require removal to a designated landfill site unless it contains identifiable hazardous contaminants.

C3.3.3 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

C3.3.3.1 General Construction shall be according to the best industry practices, as identified in

the project documents. This EMP, which forms an integral part of the contract documents, informs the contractor as to his duties in the fulfilment of the project objectives, with particular reference to the prevention and mitigation of

Page 114: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.114

environmental impacts caused by construction activities associated with the project. The contractor should note that obligations imposed by the EMP are legally binding in terms of this contract. In the event that any rights and obligations contained in this EMP contradict those specified in the standard or project specifications then the latter shall prevail.

C3.3.4.2 Statutory and other applicable legislation

The contractor is deemed to have made himself conversant with all legislation pertaining to the environment, including provincial and local government ordinances, which may be applicable to the contract.

Major environmental legislation, as amended from time to time, includes but is

not limited to the following: (i) Conservation of Agricultural Resources Act, 1983 (Act No 43 of 1983) This act provides for control over the utilisation of the natural agricultural

resources of South Africa in order to promote the conservation of soil, water sources and vegetation, as well as combating weeds and invader plants.

(ii) Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, 1996 (Act No 108 of 1996) The Constitution states that everyone has the right to an environment

that is not harmful to their health or well-being, and to have the environment protected through reasonable legislative and other measures to prevent pollution and ecological degradation; promote conservation and ensure ecologically sustainable development and use of natural resources.

(iii) Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 (Act No 28

of 2002) This act makes provision for equitable access to, and sustainable

development of, minerals and petroleum resources. (iv) National Environmental Management Act (NEMA), 1998 (Act No 107 of

1998) This act supports the Bill of Rights within the Constitution and highlights

principles of sustainable development including preservation of ecosystems and biological diversity and avoidance, minimisation and remediation of pollution and environmental degradation. It also sets the stage for the EIA Regulations.

(v) National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 2004 (Act No 39

of 2004) This act provides reasonable measures for the prevention of pollution

and ecological degradation; and provides for specific air quality measures; for national norms and standards regulating air quality monitoring, management and control by all spheres of government.

(vi) National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 2004 (Act No 10

Page 115: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.115

of 2004) This act makes provisions to accomplish the objectives of the United

Nations’ Convention on Biological Diversity. The Employer may be required to apply for permits to conduct certain listed activities which, together with the listed threatened or protected species, may be identified by the Minister.

Section 73 (3) of this act empowers a competent authority to direct a

person to take steps to remedy any harm to biodiversity resulting from the actions of that person or as a result of occurrence of listed invasive species occurring on land on which that person is the owner. Thus the Employer may be directed to remedy harm caused by listed invasive species.

(vii) National Environmental Management: Protected Areas Act, 2003 (Act

No 57 of 2003) This act provides for the protection and conservation of ecologically

viable areas representative of South Africa’s biological diversity, natural landscapes and seascapes.

(viii) National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 (Act No 59 of

2008) This act aims to regulate waste management practices through

provision of national norms and standards, specific waste measures, licensing and control of waste activities, remediation of contaminated land as well as providing for compliance and law enforcement.

(ix) National Forests Act, 1998 (Act No 84 of 1998) This act makes provision for promoting the sustainable management

and development of forests, and for the protection of certain forests and trees for environmental, economic, educational, recreational, cultural, health and spiritual purposes.

(x) National Heritage Resources Act, 1999 (Act No 25 of 1999) This act provides for an integrated and interactive system for

identification, assessment and management of South Africa’s heritage resources, and empowers civil society to nurture and conserve their heritage resources.

(xi) National Water Act, 1998 (Act No 36 of 1998) This act makes provision for the protection of surface water and

groundwater and their sustainable management for the prevention and remediation of the effects of pollution, as well as for the management of emergency situations.

Page 116: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.116

C3.3.4 ADMINISTRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL OBLIGATIONS

Copies of this EMP shall be kept at the site office and must be distributed to all senior contract personnel who shall familiarise themselves with its contents.

Implementation of this EMP requires the involvement of several stakeholders, each fulfilling a different but vital role as outlined herein, to ensure sound environmental management during the construction phase of a project.

C3.3.4.1 The Employer

The Employer is the holder of authorisations issued by the relevant environmental regulating authorities responsible for authorising and enforcing environmental compliance. The Employer and anyone acting on the Employer’s behalf is accountable for the potential impacts of the activities that are undertaken and is responsible for managing these impacts.

C3.3.4.2 The Engineer

The engineer has been appointed by, and acts for, the Employer as its on-site implementing agent and carries the responsibility to ensure that the contractor undertakes its construction activities in such a way that the Employer’s environmental responsibilities are not compromised.

The engineer will, within seven days of receiving a contractor’s request for

approval of a nominated Designated Environmental Officer (DEO), approve, reject or call for more information on the nomination. The engineer will be responsible for issuing instructions to the DEO where environmental considerations call for action to be taken.

If in the opinion of the engineer the DEO is not fulfilling his duties in terms of

this EMP, the engineer may, in writing and clearly setting out reasons, exercise his powers under FIDIC Condition of Contract sub-clause 6.9 and instruct replacement of the DEO in writing and with stated reasons.

C3.3.4.3 The Contractor

The contractor is responsible for project delivery in accordance with the prescribed specifications, among which this EMPl shall be included.

The contractor shall receive and implement any instruction issued by the

engineer relating to compliance with the EMPl including the removal of personnel or equipment.

Compliance with the provisions contained herein or any condition imposed by

the environmental approvals shall become the responsibility of the contractor through an approved Designated Environmental Officer (DEO). The contractor shall nominate a person from among his site personnel to fulfil this function and submit to the engineer for his approval the curriculum vitae of the proposed DEO. This request for approval shall be given, in writing, at least fourteen days before the commencement of any construction activity clearly setting out reasons for the nomination, and with sufficient detail to enable the engineer to make a decision.

Page 117: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.117

C3.3.4.4 The Designated Environmental Officer (DEO)

Once a nominated representative of the contractor has been approved he shall become the DEO and shall be the responsible person for ensuring that the provisions of this EMP are complied with during the life of the contract. The DEO shall submit regular written reports to the engineer, but not less frequently than once a month.

The DEO may undertake other construction duties unless the project specifications prescribe this position as ‘dedicated’ as opposed to the standard position being ‘designated’. However, the DEO’s environmental duties shall hold primacy over other contractual duties and the engineer has the authority to instruct the contractor to reduce the DEO’s other duties or to replace the DEO if, in the engineer’s opinion, he is not fulfilling his duties in terms of the requirements of this EMP. Such instruction will be in writing clearly setting out the reasons why a replacement is required.

As a minimum the DEO shall have an accredited diploma qualification in environmental or natural sciences or equivalent. Alternatively, the DEO shall have a minimum of 2 years’ experience in a similar role in construction or other environmental regulatory field.

In addition to the compliance duties relating to the EMP the DEO shall also

provide full cooperation whenever the contractor is subjected to regular environmental audits.

C3.3.4.5 Environmental Control Officer (ECO) The Environmental Control Officer (ECO) is an independent environmental

specialist appointed by the engineer to objectively and regularly monitor the contractor’s implementation of this EMP and the EMPr as may be determined by the sensitivity of the project or by conditions of authorisations. These are ‘internal’ audits and the regularity determined by the environmental approvals, usually once a month. Other ad hoc or ‘external’ audits ordered by the Employer will be conducted by other environmental specialists.

C3.3.5 TRAINING

C3.3.5.1 Qualifications

The (DEO) shall have the minimum qualifications as prescribed above, and must be conversant with all legislation pertaining to the environment applicable to the contract. He must be appropriately trained in environmental management and possess the skills necessary to impart environmental management skills to all personnel involved in the contract.

The contractor shall ensure that adequate environmental training takes place. All employees shall have been given an induction presentation on environmental awareness. Where possible, the presentation needs to be conducted in the language of the employees.

C3.3.5.2 Content

Page 118: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.118

Apart from induction, environmental training should, as a minimum, include the course content below and no induction or course should be given until the engineer has been afforded the opportunity to appraise it and provide comment:

(a) importance of conformance with all environmental policies and the

consequences of departure from standard operating procedures; (b) environmental impacts, actual or potential, caused by work activities,

prevention measures to avoid them and mitigation measures where they occur;

(c) work force roles and responsibilities in achieving conformance with the environmental policy and procedures and with the requirement of the Employer’s environmental management systems, including emergency preparedness and response requirements; and

(e) the environmental benefits of improved personal performance.

C3.3.5.3 Induction

In the case of permanent staff the contractor shall provide evidence that such induction courses have been presented. In the case of new staff (including contract labour) the contractor shall inform the engineer when and how he intends concluding its environmental training obligations.

C3.3.6 ACTIVITIES/ASPECTS CAUSING IMPACTS Typical environmental aspects and impacts associated with road construction

are listed in Table 1: Aspects and Impacts Associated with Road Construction. Actual impacts will differ from project to project and, therefore, so may the mitigation measures employed. The commonest aspects and impacts are addressed separately and typical avoidance and/or mitigation measures described. The list and descriptions are not by any means exhaustive and they shall be used for guideline purposes only.

TABLE 1: ASPECTS AND IMPACTS ASSOCIATED WITH ROAD CONSTRUCTION

Aspect Impact

Waste generation/storage Water pollution; nuisance; visual impact

Water use and stormwater discharge

Change in flow regime and/or reduction in downstream availability; soil erosion: water pollution

Vehicle use and maintenance Air pollution; noise

Chemical/fuel storage Water/air/soil pollution; health impacts; accidents e.g. slips, fire

Site clearing; earthworks; layer-works; seal works

Change in landform; impact on heritage resources; noise; soil erosion; air pollution

River bridges; installing drainage structures

Water pollution; impact on river flows; noise

Land acquisition Loss of land &/or livelihood; change in land use;

Acquisition of building material from borrow pits

Change in landform and use

Page 119: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.119

C3.3.6.1 General approach

The role of the DEO cannot be underestimated and once approved he shall be

on the site at all times, and before the contractor begins each construction activity he shall give to the engineer a written statement setting out the following:

(i) type of construction activity about to be started; (ii) locality where the activity will take place; (iii) identification of the environmental aspects and impacts that might result

from the activity; (iv) methodology of impact prevention for each activity or aspect; (v) methodology of impact containment for each activity or aspect; (vi) identification of the emergency/disaster potential for each activity (if any)

and the reaction procedures necessary to mitigate impact severity; and (vii) treatment and continued maintenance of impacted environment.

The contractor shall programme his work in such a way that each cause and

effect of a construction activity is also identified and the activity planned so as to prevent any impact from happening and shall demonstrate that he is capable of carrying out any repair and reinstatement of the damaged environment. These requirements shall be concurrent with the time constraints to produce method statements for each construction activity in compliance with the provisions of the project specifications.

The contractor shall provide such information in advance of any or all

construction activities provided that new submissions shall be given to the engineer whenever there is a change or variation to the original.

The engineer may provide comment on the methodology and procedures

proposed by the DEO, but he shall not be responsible for the contractor’s chosen measures of impact mitigation and emergency/disaster management systems. However, the contractor shall demonstrate at inception and at least once during the contract that the approved measures and procedures function properly.

Page 120: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.120

C3.3.6.2 Spillages

Streams, rivers and dams shall be protected from direct or indirect spillage of

pollutants such as refuse, garbage, cement, concrete, sewage, chemicals, fuels, oils, aggregate, tailings, wash water, organic materials and bituminous products. In the event of a spillage, the contractor shall be liable to arrange for professional service providers to clear the affected area.

Responsibility for spill containment and treatment (whether hazardous or not)

lies with the contractor. The individual causing a spill, or who discovers a spill, must report the incident to his/her DEO or to the engineer. The DEO will assess the situation in consultation with the engineer and act as required. In all cases, the immediate response shall be to contain the spill. The exact treatment of polluted soil / water shall be determined by the contractor in consultation with the DEO and the engineer. Areas cleared of hazardous waste shall be re-vegetated according to the engineer’s instructions.

Should water downstream of the spill be polluted, and fauna and flora show

signs of deterioration or death, specialist hydrological or ecological advice will be sought for appropriate treatment and remedial procedures to be followed. The requirement for such input shall be agreed with the engineer. The costs of containment and rehabilitation shall be for the contractor’s account, including the costs of specialist input as well as the sampling and testing of the water quality upstream and downstream of the spill. Water quality sampling and testing, and further treatment shall continue until upstream and downstream results correspond with each other.

C3.3.6.3 Water use and control

The contractor’s use of water shall take into consideration that it is a scarce

commodity, and shall be optimised. Where applicable, authorisation shall be obtained from the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) before water is drawn from streams or new boreholes developed.

The contractor shall also ensure that any stream deviations or diversions are

undertaken in such a manner that the impact on the environment is minimised. Method statements shall be submitted to the engineer for comment, detailing how the work will be undertaken, what risks are foreseen and what measures will be employed to minimise such risks. Notwithstanding any comments by the engineer, no work on stream deviations or diversions can commence without written approval from DWA.

The quality, quantity and flow direction of any surface water runoff shall be

established prior to disturbing any area for construction purposes. Cognisance shall be taken of these aspects and incorporated into the planning of all construction activities. Before a site is developed or expanded, it shall be established how this development or expansion will affect the drainage pattern. Recognised water users / receivers shall not be adversely affected by the expansion or re-development. No water source shall be polluted in any way due to proposed changes.

Streams, rivers, pans, wetlands, dams, and their catchments shall be protected

from erosion and from direct or indirect spillage of pollutants such as refuse,

Page 121: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.121

garbage, cement, concrete, sewage, chemicals, fuels, oils, aggregate, tailings, wash water, organic materials and bituminous products.

The contractor shall submit to the engineer his proposals for prevention,

containment and rehabilitation measures against environmental damage of the identified water and drainage systems that occur on the site. Consideration shall be given to the placement of sedimentation ponds or barriers where the soils are of a dispersive nature or where toxic fluids are used in the construction process. The sedimentation ponds must be large enough to contain runoff so that they function properly under heavy rain conditions up to a 1:5 year severity.

C3.3.6.4 Vegetation management

The contractor shall be responsible for the management of vegetation by

protection of indigenous vegetation, especially identified protected species, and the prevention of alien vegetation germinating in areas disturbed by road construction activities within and outside the road reserve. The Contractor must also identify alien and invasive species in the road reserve which must be reported by Route Patrol as specified. CARA-listed category 1 and 2 alien species will be removed and replaced with the planting of specified indigenous species. This includes, for example, service roads, stockpile areas, stop/go facilities, windrows and wherever material generated for or from road construction has been stored temporarily. This responsibility shall continue for the duration of the defects notification period.

C3.3.6.5 Dust control

Dust caused by construction activities shall be controlled by means such as water spray vehicles and applied at sufficient frequency so as not to cause nuisance to adjacent habitation or affect farming activities or natural vegetation. Vegetation cover should also be kept for as long as possible to reduce the area of exposed surfaces. Dust emissions from batching and screening plants shall be subject to the relevant legislation and shall be the subject of inspection by the relevant authorities.

C3.3.6.6 Noise control

The contractor shall endeavour to keep noise generating activities to a

minimum. Noises that could cause a major disturbance, for instance blasting and crushing activities, should only be carried out during the hours prescribed by the conditions of contract (i.e. normal hours). Should such noise generating activities have to occur at any time outside normal hours the people in the vicinity of the noise-generating activity shall be warned about the noise well in advance and the activities kept to a minimum. Relevant legislation shall also be taken into consideration, and any practical mitigation measures adopted. No noise generating activity outside of normal hours, regardless of its proximity to residences, can take place without application to the engineer for approval. The application shall be accompanied by the noise containment measures proposed.

C3.3.6.7 Energy consumption The contractor shall take into consideration the impacts of high energy

consumption, both from a cost and emissions point of view. Energy use shall be minimised, and where possible, alternative energy sources such as solar utilised.

Page 122: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.122

Furthermore, the contractor shall undertake a study of the consumption of

carbon units his chosen method of construction produces in the execution of his programme. In conjunction with the engineer who will provide complete cooperation in this study, a month by month output shall be compiled and efforts made to see how these outputs can be curtailed and reduced.

C3.3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES In managing the construction activities, there are mitigating measures which

can be implemented to minimise the cost and impacts. These measures are detailed in Table C3.3.7/1 at the end of this section of the specifications.

The contractor shall undertake “good housekeeping” practices during

construction as stated in the Standard Specifications and Conditions of Contract. This will help avoid disputes on responsibility and allow for the smooth running of the contract as a whole. Good housekeeping extends beyond the wise practice of construction methods that leaves production in a safe state from the ravages of weather to include the care for and preservation of the environment within which the site is situated.

The construction activities addressed below shall become part of the contractor’s obligations regarding his programme of work and incorporated into the required method statements for workmanship and quality control.

C3.3.7.1 Site establishment

(a) Site Plan The contractor shall establish his construction camps, offices,

workshops, staff accommodation and testing facilities on the site in a manner that does not adversely affect the environment. However, before construction can begin, the contractor shall submit to the ECO for his comments and to the engineer for his approval, plans of the exact location, extent and construction details of these facilities and the impact mitigation measures the contractor proposes to put in place.

The plans shall detail the locality as well as the layout of the waste treatment facilities for litter, kitchen refuse, sewage and workshop-derived effluents. The site offices should not be sited in close proximity to steep areas, as this will increase soil erosion. Preferred locations would be flat areas along the route. If the route traverses water courses, streams and rivers, it is recommended that the offices, and in particular the ablution facilities, aggregate stockpiles, spoil areas and hazardous material stockpiles are located as far away as possible from any water course as possible. No camp establishment, including satellite camps, can be placed within 32 metres of an identified wetland unless the contractor has applied to DWA and DEA and received authorisation to do so. Regardless of the chosen site, the contractor’s intended mitigation measures shall be indicated on the plan. The site plan shall be submitted not later than the first site meeting. Detailed, electronic colour photographs shall be taken of the proposed site before any clearing may commence. These records are to be kept by the ECO and the engineer for consultation during rehabilitation of the site.

Page 123: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.123

(b) Vegetation

The contractor has a responsibility to inform his staff of the need to be vigilant against any practice that will have a harmful effect on vegetation.

The natural vegetation encountered on the site is to be conserved and left as intact as possible. Vegetation planted at the site shall be indigenous and in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. Only trees and shrubs directly affected by the works, and such others as may be indicated by the engineer in writing, may be felled or cleared. In wooded areas where natural vegetation has been cleared out of necessity, same specie indigenous trees as were occurring shall be re-established. Protected trees may not be removed without a permit from the Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries.

Contravention of a notice of listed protected tree species under the National Forests Act, 1998 is regarded as a first category offence that may result in a fine or imprisonment for a period up to three years, or to both a fine and imprisonment. Rehabilitation shall be undertaken using only indigenous tree, shrub and grass species. Special attention shall be given to any search and rescue operation identified during the environmental application process, removal to an on site nursery for continuous nurturing and protection and later replanting. The contractor should be alert to this procedure and apply to the engineer to approve it even though no allowance has been made in the contract documents. Any proclaimed weed or alien species that propagates during the contract period shall be cleared by hand before seeding.

Fires shall only be allowed in facilities or equipment specially constructed for this purpose. The need for a firebreak shall be determined in consultation with the engineer and the relevant authorities, and if required a firebreak shall be cleared and maintained around the perimeter of the camp and office sites. The contractor’s staff shall at no time make fires for purposes of keeping out the cold unless they are contained in purpose-built containers capable of preventing runaway fires if knocked over and the ashes collected and safely and environmentally disposed of on a daily basis.

(c) Water management

Water for human consumption shall be available at the site offices and at other convenient locations on site.

All effluent water from the camp / office sites shall be disposed of in a properly designed and constructed system, situated so as not to adversely affect water sources (inter alia, streams, rivers, pans and dams). Only domestic type wastewater shall be allowed to enter this drain.

(e) Heating and cooking fuel

Page 124: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.124

The contractor shall provide adequate facilities for his staff so that they are not encouraged to supplement their comforts on site by accessing what can be taken from the natural surroundings. The contractor shall ensure that energy sources are available at all times for construction and supervision personnel for heating and cooking purposes.

C3.3.7.2 Sewage treatment

Particular reference in the site establishment plan shall be given to the treatment of sewage generated at the site offices, site laboratory and staff accommodation and at all localities on the site where there will be a concentration of labour. Sanitary arrangements should be to the satisfaction of project management, the local authorities and legal requirements.

Safe and effective sewage treatment will require one of the following sewage handling methods: septic tanks and soak-aways, dry-composting toilets such as “enviro loos”, or the use of chemical toilets which are supplied and maintained by a subcontractor. The type of sewage treatment will depend on the geology of the area selected, the duration of the contract and proximity (availability) of providers of chemical toilets. Should a soak-away system be used, it shall not be closer than 800 metres from any natural water course or water retention system. The waste material generated from these facilities shall be serviced on a regular basis. The positioning of the chemical toilets shall be done in consultation with the engineer.

Toilets and latrines shall be easily accessible and shall be positioned within walking distance from wherever employees are employed on the works. Use of the veld for this purpose shall not, under any circumstances, be allowed.

Outside toilets shall be provided with locks and doors and shall be secured to prevent them from blowing over. The toilets shall also be placed outside areas susceptible to flooding. The contractor shall arrange for regular emptying of toilets and shall be entirely responsible for enforcing their use and for maintaining such latrines in a clean, orderly and sanitary condition to the satisfaction of the engineer.

C3.3.7.3 Waste management

The contractor’s intended methods for waste management and waste minimisation shall be implemented at the outset of the contract. All personnel shall be instructed to dispose of all waste in the proper manner.

(a) Solid waste

Solid waste shall be stored in an appointed area in covered, tip proof metal drums for collection and disposal. A refuse control system shall be established for the collection and removal of refuse to the satisfaction of the engineer. Disposal of solid waste shall be at a Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) licensed landfill site or at a site approved by DWS in the event that an existing operating landfill site is not within reasonable distance from the site offices and staff accommodation. No waste shall be burned or buried at or near the site offices, nor anywhere else on the site, including the approved solid waste disposal site.

Page 125: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.125

(b) Litter

No littering by construction workers shall be allowed. During the construction period, the facilities shall be maintained in a neat and tidy condition and the site shall be kept free of litter. Measures shall be taken to reduce the potential for litter and negligent behaviour with regard to the disposal of all refuse. At all places of work the contractor shall provide litter collection facilities for later safe disposal at approved sites.

(c) Hazardous waste

Hazardous waste such as bitumen, tar and oil, shall be disposed of in a Department of Water and Sanitation approved landfill site. Special care shall be taken to avoid spillage of tar or bitumen products such as binders or pre-coating fluid to avoid water-soluble phenols from entering the ground or contaminating water.

Under no circumstances shall the spoiling of tar or bituminous products on the site, over embankments, in borrow pits or any burying, be allowed. Unused or rejected tar or bituminous products shall be returned to the supplier’s production plant. No spillage of tar or bituminous products shall be allowed on site. Affected areas shall be promptly reinstated to the satisfaction of the engineer.

(d) Construction and demolition waste

The opportunity for recycling and reuse of construction and demolition waste as fill for road embankments, land reclamation and drainage control must first be explored and take priority before the option of declaring these materials a ‘waste’.

The contractor is encouraged to actively engage with authorities and landowners adjacent to the site and identify where such ‘waste’ materials can be usefully deployed to repair existing environmentally damaged areas such as erosion dongas.

C3.3.7.4 Control at the workshop

The contractor’s management and maintenance of his plant and machinery will be strictly monitored according to the criteria given below, regardless whether it is serviced on the site (i.e. at the place of construction activity or at a formalised workshop).

(a) Hazardous material storage

Petrochemicals, oils and identified hazardous substances shall only be stored under controlled conditions. All hazardous materials e.g. tar or bitumen binders shall be stored in a secured, appointed area that is fenced and has restricted entry. Storage of tar or bituminous products shall only take place using suitable containers to the approval of the ECO and the engineer.

The contractor shall provide proof to the engineer that relevant authorisation to store such substances has been obtained from the

Page 126: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.126

relevant authority. In addition, hazard signs indicating the nature of the stored materials shall be displayed on the storage facility or containment structure. Before containment or storage facilities can be erected the contractor shall furnish the engineer with details of the preventative measures he proposes to install in order to mitigate against pollution of the surrounding environment from leaks or spillage. The preferred method shall be a concrete floor that is bunded. Any deviation from the method will require proof from the relevant authority that the alternative method proposed is acceptable to that authority. The proposals shall also indicate the emergency procedures in the event of misuse or spillage that will negatively affect an individual or the environment.

(b) Fuel and gas storage

The contractor shall take cognisance of the limits set by legislation for the storage of fuels and acquire the necessary authorisation for storage capacity beyond these. All fuel shall be stored in a secure area in a steel tank supplied and maintained by the fuel suppliers. Leakage of fuel shall be avoided. An adequate bund wall, 110% of volume, shall be provided for fuel and diesel areas to accommodate any spillage or overflow from these substances. The area inside the bund wall shall be lined with an impervious lining to prevent infiltration of the fuel into the soil.

Gas welding cylinders and LPG cylinders shall be stored in a secure, well-ventilated area.

(d) Oil and lubricant waste

Used oil, lubricants and cleaning materials from the maintenance of vehicles and machinery shall be collected in a holding tank and sent back to the supplier. Water and oil should be separated in an oil trap. Oils collected in this manner, shall be retained in a safe holding tank and removed from site by a specialist oil recycling company for disposal at approved waste disposal sites for toxic/hazardous materials. Oil collected by a mobile servicing unit shall be stored in the service unit’s sludge tank and discharged into the safe holding tank for collection by the specialist oil recycling company.

All used filter materials shall be stored in a secure bin for disposal off site. Any contaminated soil shall be removed and replaced. Soils contaminated by oils and lubricants shall be collected and disposed of at a facility designated by the local authority to accept contaminated materials.

C3.3.7.5 Clearing the site

In all areas where the contractor intends to, or is required to clear the natural vegetation and soil, either within the road reserve, or at designated or instructed areas outside the road reserve, a plan of action shall first be submitted to the engineer for his approval. Working areas shall be clearly defined and demarcated on site to minimise the construction footprint. ‘No-go- areas’ and other sensitive areas shall also be clearly demarcated on site, and staff must be made aware of them.

Page 127: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.127

The plan shall contain a photographic record and chainage/land reference of the areas to be disturbed. This shall be submitted to the engineer for his records before any disturbance/stockpiling may occur. The record shall be comprehensive and clear, allowing for easy identification during subsequent inspections.

C3.3.7.6 Soil management

(a) Topsoil

Topsoil shall be removed from all areas where physical disturbance of

the surface will occur and shall be stored and adequately protected. The contract will provide for the stripping and stockpiling of topsoil from the site for later re-use. Topsoil is considered to be the natural soil covering, including all the vegetation and organic matter. Depth may vary at each site. The areas to be cleared of topsoil shall include the storage areas. All topsoil stockpiles and windrows shall be maintained throughout the contract period in a weed-free condition. Weeds appearing on the stockpiled or windrowed topsoil shall be removed by hand. Soils contaminated by hazardous substances shall be disposed of at an approved waste disposal site. The topsoil stockpiles shall be stored, shaped and sited in such a way that they do not interfere with the flow of water to cause damming or erosion, or itself be eroded by the action of water. Stockpiles of topsoil shall not exceed a height of 2 m, and if they are to be left for longer than 6 months, shall be analysed, and if necessary, upgraded before replacement. Stockpiles shall be protected against infestation by weeds.

The contractor shall ensure that no topsoil is lost due to erosion – either by wind or water. Areas to be topsoiled and grassed shall be done so systematically to allow for quick cover and reduction in the chance of heavy topsoil losses due to unusual weather patterns. The contractor’s programme shall clearly show the proposed rate of progress of the application of topsoil and grassing. The contractor shall be held responsible for the replacement, at his own cost, for any unnecessary loss of topsoil due to his failure to work according to the progress plan approved by the engineer. The contractor’s responsibility shall also extend to the clearing of drainage or water systems within and beyond the boundaries of the road reserve that may have been affected by such negligence.

(b) Subsoil

The subsoil is the layer of soil immediately beneath the topsoil. It shall be removed, to a depth instructed by the engineer, and stored separately from the topsoil if not used for road building. This soil shall be replaced in the excavation in the original order it was removed for rehabilitation purposes.

C3.3.7.7 Drainage

The quality, quantity and flow direction of any surface water runoff shall be established prior to disturbing any area for construction purposes. Cognisance shall be taken of these aspects and incorporated into the planning of all construction activities. Before a site is developed or expanded, it shall be

Page 128: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.128

established how this development or expansion will affect the drainage pattern. Recognised water users / receivers shall not be adversely affected by the expansion or re-development. No water source shall be polluted in any way due to proposed changes.

Streams, rivers, pans, wetlands, dams, and their catchments shall be protected from erosion, direct or indirect spillage of pollutants such as refuse, garbage, cement, concrete, sewage, chemicals, fuels, oils, aggregate, tailings, wash water, organic materials and bituminous or tar products.

The contractor shall submit to the engineer his proposals for prevention, containment and rehabilitation measures against environmental damage of the identified water and drainage systems that occur on the site. Consideration shall be given to the placement of sedimentation ponds or barriers where the soils are of a dispersive nature or where toxic fluids are used in the construction process. The sedimentation ponds must be large enough to contain runoff so that they function properly under heavy rain conditions.

C3.3.7.8 Earthworks and layer works

This section includes all construction activities that involve the mining of all materials, and their subsequent placement, stockpile, spoil, treatment or batching, for use in the permanent works, or temporary works in the case of deviations. Before any stripping prior to the commencement of construction, the contractor shall have complied with the requirements of Sub-clauses C3.3.7.5 and C3.3.7.7. In addition, the contractor shall take cognisance of the requirements set out below.

(a) Quarries and borrow pits

The contractor’s attention is drawn to the requirement of the Department of Mineral Resources, that before entry into any quarry or borrow pit, an EMPr for the establishment, operation and closure of the quarry or borrow pit shall have been approved by the Department. It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that he obtains from the engineer, a copy of the approved EMPr prior to entry into the quarry or borrow pit. The conditions imposed by the relevant EMPr are legally binding on the contractor and may be more extensive and explicit than the requirements of this specification. In the event of any conflict occurring between the requirements of the specific EMP and this specifications the former shall apply. The cost of complying with the requirements shall be deemed to be included in existing rates in the Schedule of Quantities.

(b) Excavation, hauling and placement

The contractor shall provide the ECO and engineer with detailed plans of his intended construction processes prior to starting any cut or fill or layer. The plans shall detail the number of personnel and plant to be used and the measures by which the impacts of pollution (noise, dust, litter, fuel, oil, sewage), erosion, vegetation destruction and deformation of landscape will be prevented, contained and rehabilitated. Particular attention shall also be given to the impact that such activities will have on the adjacent built environment. The contractor shall demonstrate his

Page 129: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.129

“good housekeeping”, particularly with respect to closure at the end of every day so that the site is left in a safe condition from rainfall overnight or over periods when there is no construction activity.

(c) Spoil sites

The contractor shall be responsible for the safe siting, operation, maintenance and closure of any spoil site he uses during the contract period, including the defects liability period. This shall include existing spoil sites that are being re-entered. Before spoil sites may be used proposals for their locality, intended method of operation, maintenance and rehabilitation shall be given to the ECO for his comments and the engineer for his approval. The location of these spoil sites shall have signed approval from the affected landowner before submission to the ECO and the engineer. No spoil site shall be located within 500m of any watercourse. A photographic record shall be kept of all spoil sites for monitoring purposes. This includes before the site is used and after re-vegetation.

The use of approved spoil sites for the disposal of hazardous or toxic wastes shall be prohibited unless special measures are taken to prevent leaching of the toxins into the surrounding environment. Such special measures shall require the approval of the relevant provincial or national authority. The same shall apply for the disposal of solid waste generated from the various camp establishments. The engineer will assist the contractor in obtaining the necessary approval if requested by the contractor.

Spoil sites will be shaped to fit the natural topography. These sites shall receive a minimum of 75mm topsoil and be grassed with the recommended seed mixture. Slopes shall not exceed a vertical: horizontal ratio of 1:3. Only under exceptional circumstances will approval be given to exceed this ratio. Appropriate grassing measures to minimise soil erosion shall be undertaken by the contractor. This will include both strip and full sodding. The contractor may motivate to the engineer for other acceptable stabilising methods. The engineer may only approve a completed spoil site at the end of the defects liability period upon receipt from the contractor of a landowner’s clearance notice and an engineer’s certificate certifying slope stability. The contractor’s costs incurred in obtaining the necessary certification for opening and closing of spoil sites shall be deemed to be included in the tendered rates for spoiling.

(d) Stockpiles

The contractor shall plan his activities so that materials excavated from borrow pits and cuttings, in so far as possible, can be transported direct to and placed at the point where it is to be used. However, should temporary stockpiling become necessary, the areas for the stockpiling of excavated and imported material shall be indicated and demarcated on the site plan submitted in writing to the engineer for his approval,

Page 130: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.130

together with the contractor’s proposed measures for prevention, containment and rehabilitation against environmental damage.

The areas chosen shall have no naturally occurring indigenous trees and shrubs present that may be damaged during operations. Care shall be taken to preserve all vegetation in the immediate area of these temporary stockpiles. During the life of the stockpiles the contractor shall at all times ensure that they are:

Positioned and sloped to create the least visual impact; Constructed and maintained so as to avoid erosion of the material and contamination of surrounding environment; and Kept free from all alien/undesirable vegetation.

After the stockpiled material has been removed, the site shall be re-instated to its original condition. No foreign material generated / deposited during construction shall remain on site. Areas affected by stockpiling shall be landscaped, top soiled, grassed and maintained at the contractor’s cost until clearance from the engineer is received.

Material milled from the existing road surface that is temporarily stockpiled in areas approved by the engineer within the road reserve, shall be subject to the same condition as other stockpiled materials. Excess materials from windrows, in situ milling or any detritus material from road construction activities may not be swept off the road and left unless specifically instructed to do so in the contract drawing or under instruction from the engineer.

In all cases, the engineer shall approve the areas for stockpiling and disposal of construction rubble before any operation commences and shall approve their clause only when they have been satisfactorily rehabilitated.

(e) Blasting activities

Wherever blasting activity is required on the site (including quarries and/or borrow pits) the contractor shall rigorously adhere to the relevant statutes and regulations that control the use of explosives. In addition, the contractor shall, prior to any drilling of holes in preparation for blasting, supply the engineer with a locality plan of the blast site on which shall be shown the zones of influence of the ground and air shock-waves and expected limits of fly-rock. The plan shall show each dwelling, structure and service within the zones of influence and record all details of the dwellings/structures/services including existing positions, lengths and widths of cracks, as well as the condition of doors, windows, roofing, wells, boreholes etc. The contractor, alone, shall be responsible for any costs that can be attributed to blasting activities, including the collection of fly-rock from adjacent lands and fields. The submission of such a plan shall not in any way absolve the contractor from his responsibilities in this regard. The contractor shall also indicate to the engineer the manner in which he intends to advertise to the adjacent communities and/or road users the time and delays to be expected for each individual blast.

Page 131: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.131

C3.3.7.9 Batching sites

Asphalt plants are considered scheduled processes listed in the second schedule to the Atmospheric Pollution Prevention Act, 1965 (Act No. 45 of 1965). Should the use of an asphalt plant be considered on site, the contractor shall be responsible to obtain the necessary permit from the Department of Environmental Affairs, regardless of where they are sited.

Crushing plants and concrete batching plants, whether sited inside or outside of defined quarry or borrow pit areas, shall be subject to the requirements of the Department of Mineral Resources legislation as well as the applicable industrial legislation that governs gas and dust emissions into the atmosphere. Such sites will be the subject of regular inspections by the relative authorities during the life of the project. In addition, the selection, entry onto, operation, maintenance, closure and rehabilitation of such sites shall be the same as for those under Sub-clause C3.3.7.8 (c), with the exception that the contractor shall provide additional measures to prevent, contain and rehabilitate against environmental damage from toxic/hazardous substances. In this regard the contractor shall provide plans that take into account such additional measures as concrete floors, bunded storage facilities, linings to drainage channels and settlement dams. Ultimate approval of these measures shall be from the relevant national authority, as shall approval of closure. The engineer will assist the contractor in his submissions to the relevant authority.

Effluent from concrete batch plants and crusher plants shall be treated in a suitable designated sedimentation dam to the legally required standards to prevent surface and groundwater pollution. The designs of such a facility should be submitted to the engineer for approval.

The contractor shall invite the relevant department to inspect the site within 2 months after any plant is commissioned and at regular intervals thereafter, not exceeding 12 months apart

C3.3.8 AREAS OF SPECIFIC IMPORTANCE

Any area, as determined and identified within the project document as sensitive or of special interest within the site shall be treated according to the express instructions contained in these specifications or the approved EMPr. The contractor may offer alternative solutions to the engineer in writing should he consider that construction will be affected in any way by the hindrance of the designated sensitive area or feature. However, the overriding principle is that such defined areas requiring protection shall not be changed. Every effort to identify such areas within the site will have been made prior to the project going out to tender. The discovery of other sites with archaeological or historical interest that have not been identified shall require ad hoc treatment.

(a) Archaeological sites

If an artefact on site is uncovered, work in the immediate vicinity shall be stopped immediately. The contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent any person from removing or damaging any such article and shall immediately upon discovery thereof inform the engineer of such discovery. The National Monuments Council is to be contacted

Page 132: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.132

who will appoint an archaeological consultant. Work may only resume once clearance is given in writing by the archaeologist.

(b) Graves and middens

If a grave or midden is uncovered on site, or discovered before the commencement of work, then all work in the immediate vicinity of the graves/middens shall be stopped and the engineer informed of the discovery. The National Monuments Council should be contacted and in the case of graves, arrangements made for an undertaker to carry out exhumation and reburial. The undertaker will, together with the National Monuments Council, be responsible for attempts to contact family of the deceased and for the site where the exhumed remains can be re-interred.

C3.3.9 REHABILITATION

The contractor shall be responsible for the re-establishment of grass within the road reserve boundaries for all areas disturbed during construction. This includes, for example, service roads, stockpile areas, stop/go facilities, windrows and wherever material generated for, or from, construction has to be stored temporarily, and designated or instructed areas outside the road reserve. It also includes the area where site offices were erected which may require rehabilitation at the end of the contract. All construction material, including concrete slabs and barbecue (braai) areas shall be removed from the site on completion of the contract unless written approval from the relevant landowner demonstrates it is to be left in place. Responsibility for re-establishment of vegetation shall extend until expiry of the defects notification period. However, the employer reserves the right to continue holding retention monies (or not releasing guarantees in lieu of retention) depending upon the state of cover at the end of the defects notification period. Such extension may continue until closure of the relevant quarry or borrow pit has been secured, Rehabilitation of affected areas should be undertaken as early as possible when the relevant activities are done in order to reduce further environmental damage. All re-vegetation should be undertaken using indigenous vegetation. The standard of rehabilitation should be to the satisfaction of the engineer and the relevant authorities. The Department of Mineral Resources will only issue closure certificates for borrow pits and quarries when they are satisfied with the rehabilitation undertaken. It should also be noted that in some cases there is a requirement for a final environmental audit covering the extent of the project.

C3.3.10 RECORD KEEPING

The engineer and the DEO to the contractor will continuously monitor the contractor’s adherence to the approved impact prevention procedures and the DEO shall submit regular written reports to the ECO and to the engineer, at least once a month. The engineer shall issue to the contractor a notice of non-compliance whenever transgressions are observed. The DEO should document the nature and magnitude of the non-conformance in a designated register, the action taken to discontinue the non-conformance, the action taken

Page 133: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.133

to mitigate its effects and the results of the actions. The non-conformance shall be documented and reported to the engineer in the monthly report.

Copies of any record of decision or EMPr (including those for specific borrow pits or quarries used on the project) shall be kept on site and made available for inspection by visiting officials from the employer or relevant environmental departments.

C3.3.11 COMPLIANCE AND PENALTIES

The contractor shall act immediately when such notice of non-compliance is received and correct whatever is the cause for the issuing of the notice. Complaints received regarding activities on the construction site pertaining to the environment shall be recorded in a dedicated register and the response noted with the date and action taken. This record shall be submitted with the monthly reports and a verbal report given at the monthly site meetings.

Any non-compliance with the agreed procedures of the EMPr and this EMP, is a transgression of the various statutes and laws define the manner by which the environment is managed and, therefore, any avoidable non-compliance, dependant on severity, may be considered sufficient grounds for contact to be made with relevant provincial or national authorities to invite their sanction.

The engineer’s decision with regard to what is considered a violation, its seriousness and the action to be taken against the contractor shall be final. Failure to redress the cause shall be reported to the relevant authority. The responsible provincial or national authority may ensure compliance and impose penalties relevant to the transgression as allowed within statutory powers.

C3.3.12 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contractor shall not be separately reimbursed or compensated in respect of his compliance with the provisions of this Section C3.3 of the Scope of Work. All costs incurred in this regard shall, save and except to the extent as provided for in the Bill of Quantities under SECTION M0300: CONTRACTOR’S ESTABLISHMENT ON SITE AND GENERAL OBLIGATIONS, be considered to be included in the rates tendered for the various items of work listed in the Bill of Quantities.

Page 134: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.134

TABLE C3.3.7/1: SUMMARY OF MITIGATION MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT ACTIVITY MITIGATION

Establishment of site offices Siting of offices Preferred areas to be flat areas along the route. Avoid steep areas as soil erosion could increase. Avoid water courses

Site Plan Contractor to provide Engineer detail of layout of site facilities i.e. chemical toilets, the demarcation of areas for stockpiling of materials, storage of hazardous materials and the provision of containers. The offices shall be fenced. The site plan to be submitted within two weeks of the Commencement Date.

Site rehabilitation Clean-up All construction material is to be removed from the site on completion of the contract.

Vegetation On site Vegetation planted on the site is to be indigenous. Only trees directly affected by works as confirmed in writing by Engineer, shall be sawn off/removed.

Weeds Clearance of weeds must be done by hand before seeding.

Grass cover The grass cover surrounding the site is to be left as intact as possible or restored to its original condition.

Water Available for human consumption

Water for human consumption must be tested and treated in accordance with recommendations.

Soil management Topsoil The topsoil (+ 300 mm) of any excavation shall be removed and stockpiled separately from underlying material in designated areas.

Borrow material EMP’s for borrow pits to be submitted to the Department of Mineral and Energy Affairs for approval

Archaeological & Cultural sites Discover of archaeological sites of artefacts

If an artefact on site is uncovered, work in the immediate vicinity must be stopped immediately and an archaeological consultant must be contacted. Work may only resume once clearance is given in writing by the archaeologist.

Graves Discovery of graves If a grave on site is uncovered, work in the immediate vicinity must be stopped and an undertaker should be contacted

Waste management Solid & Construction waste

Solid waste is to be stored in a designated area for collection and disposal. Disposal of waste will be in a DWS licensed landfill, and no waste may be burnt on site.

Litter The site is to be kept free of litter

Sewage treatment Toilet facilities Adequate toilet facilities are to be provided, and the siting of chemical toilets is to be done in consultation with the Engineer. Use of the veld for this purpose shall not be allowed.

Fuel, diesel & hazardous materials Hazardous Materials All hazardous materials, i.e. bitumen binders, to be stored in a designated area that is fenced and has restricted entry. No spoiling of bituminous products on site, over embankments, in borrow pits or any burying. No spillage of bituminous products shall be allowed on site.

Fuels All fuel tanks will be erected in a designated area. Leakage is to be avoided.

Cooking fuel The Contractor shall ensure that sufficient fuel is available for heating and cooking purposes should this be necessary.

Page 135: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.135

TABLE C3.3.7/1: SUMMARY OF MITIGATION MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENT ACTIVITY MITIGATION

Oil, grease Oil, grease and cleaning materials from maintenance of vehicles shall be collected in a sump and returned to the supplier.

Spillages Streams, rivers or dams must be protected against spillages of pollutants. In the event of a spillage, prompt action must be taken to clear the affected area.

General considerations Lines of authority A nominated representative of the Contractor will be the Designated Environmental Officer for the site.

Reports The Designated Environmental Officer will submit monthly reports to the Engineer who will verify the information

Complaints Complaints received regarding activities on the site pertaining to the environment should be recorded in a designated register, and the response noted with the date and action taken. This record must be submitted with the monthly report

Page 136: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.136

C3.4 TARGETED PROCUREMENT C3.4.1 SCOPE

This section provides the specifications that relate to the contractor’s implementation of the policies and initiatives of the Government, through compliance with the Employer’s targeted procurement procedure. It is a requirement of the contract for the Contractor to facilitate the contractor development of targeted enterprises as a contract participation goal by means of subcontracting some of the scheduled work under the operational section to targeted enterprises as subcontractors. The Contractor is required to provide sustainable work opportunities for targeted enterprises, and to provide assistance in the form of financial support for the procurement of goods and services. In addition, the Contractor is required to manage the skills development of targeted enterprises by providing training, coaching, guidance and mentoring. The Contractor is also required to facilitate a wellness program for site employees and their relatives. These specifications should be read in conjunction with the various statutes and legislation that relate to contractor development and Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment. The Employer may have to amend its targeted procurement procedure in order to meet new or revised targets and requirements of legislation, and the Transport and Construction Charters. The Employer would then negotiate with the Contractor on the implementation of the revised targeted procurement procedure, and the associated costs.

C3.4.2 DEFINITIONS The following words and expressions shall have the meanings stated. C3.4.2.1 Black People (BP): is a generic term which means Africans, Coloureds

and Indians: (a) who are citizens of the Republic of South Africa by birth or descent: or (b) who became citizens of the Republic of South Africa by naturalisation:

(i) before 27 April 1994; or (ii) on or after 27 April 1994 and who would have been entitled to

acquire citizenship by naturalisation prior to that date. C3.4.2.2 Contract Participation Goal (CPG): the value of goods, services and

works for which the contractor contracts targeted enterprises exclusive of all allowances and any value added tax which the law requires the Employer to pay to the Contractor, expressed as a percentage of the contract amount.

C3.4.2.3 Potentially Emerging Enterprise (PE): an enterprise that is at least

50.1% owned by black persons and where there is substantial management control by Black People.

C3.4.2.4 Project Management Team: three persons comprising the Employer,

Engineer and Contractor.

Page 137: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.137

C3.4.2.5 Targeted Enterprise: an enterprise which: (a) is a contractor registered with the Construction Industry Board in a

contractor grading designation from 2 to 6 and status as potentially emerging; and

(b) the Contractor has no equity holding in the targeted enterprise; and (c) is registered in terms of the Company’s Act, 2008 (Act No 71 of 2008)

or Close Corporation Act, 1984 (Act No 69 of 1984); and (d) is registered with the South African Revenue Service.

C3.4.3 CONTRACTOR DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME

C3.4.3.1 Objective

The objective of the contractor development programme is to provide economic opportunities and entrepreneurial capacity across different contracting categories and grades, as well as improving skills and performance in the routine road maintenance of the national road network.

In order to achieve meet these objectives, there are components of contractor development and key success factors which the Contractor shall provide.

C3.4.3.2 Contractor development components

Contractor development comprises several components as follows.

(a) Enterprise development

The enterprise starts to grow, develop markets for their services, expand their workforce, expand their areas of operation, accumulate capital for future growth, expand their plant and equipment, and utilise business and technical systems.

(b) Performance improvement

The established Contractor introduces best practice systems for undertaking work, health and safety, quality management and environmental management. Included will be getting involved in the supply chain development.

(c) Skills development

The developing subcontractor will be provided with opportunities to

learn the basic business and construction components of contracting. C3.4.3.3 Key success factors

The key success factors for contractor development are as follows which the Contractor is required to strive to achieve or provide for subcontractors:

(i) continuous and profitable work opportunities for subcontractors; (ii) procurement strategies and development mechanism to target

subcontractors with continuity of work; (iii) appropriate contract conditions addressing supportive practices

regarding guarantees and retention;

Page 138: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.138

(iv) prompt payment of subcontractors for work completed satisfactorily; (v) appropriate contract management and quality assurance oversight; (vi) access to finances for working capital; (vii) appropriate business and technical capability and capacity; (viii) access to an appropriately skilled workforce; (ix) access to cost effective, quality plant and equipment; and (x) access to information and technology.

C3.4.4 UTILISATION OF TARGETED ENTERPRISES C3.4.4.1 Objective

In order to meet the objectives of the contractor development programme it is a requirement of the contract for the Contractor to primarily have a management role and to subcontract some of the scheduled work. The scope of the routine road maintenance work provides opportunities for the Contractor to facilitate the contractor development of targeted enterprises.

C3.4.4.2 Contract Participation Goal (CPG)

The contract participation goal for the contract is for the Contractor to subcontract some of the scheduled work under the operational section to targeted enterprises as subcontractors. The scheduled work is grouped under two parts as follows:

Part A: Management Section: section M0300 Part B: Operational Section: all sections

The contract participation goal of scheduled work in the operational section to be subcontracted to targeted enterprises as subcontractors by the Contractor depends on the equity held by Black People in the enterprise as the Contractor, either as a single entity or joint venture. The contract participation goals of scheduled work in the operational section to be undertaken by targeted enterprises are shown in Table C3.4.4/1.

TABLE C3.4.4/1: CONTRACT PARTICIPATION GOALS OF OPERATIONAL WORK TO BE UNDERTAKEN BY TARGETED ENTERPRISES

Enterprise Contractor <30% Black People

equity

Contractor ≥30% Black People

equity

Contractor

Max 20% Max 40%

Targeted enterprise

Min 80% Min 60%

Page 139: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.139

C3.4.4.3 Pricing of tendered rates The specifications on the payment items detail how the management section

should be priced with regards to subcontractors. In addition, the tendered rates for the items in the operational sections shall include full compensation for all material, labour, equipment and all other requirements necessary for completing the work. The tendered rates shall also include a fair and reasonable profit. However, the tendered rates shall exclude any establishment and general obligations costs, and any costs for handling, overheads, management and site supervision of subcontractors, and any additional cost not directly related to executing the work.

C3.4.4.4 Scope of work for subcontractors

The Contractor should note that not all operational work can be subcontracted to subcontractors due to the scope of work, or scarcity or lack of qualifying subcontractors to undertake the work. The Contractor shall accordingly make allowance to undertake this work himself which shall be measured as work undertaken by the Contractor.

C3.4.4.5 Subcontracting work to subcontractors

From the commencement date of the Works contract, the Contractor shall have a maximum of six months to appoint subcontractors in terms of the specifications. During this period, any work undertaken by the Contractor may be excluded from the target value of work to be subcontracted. Thereafter, from the earlier date of the appointment of subcontractors through a tender process in terms of the specifications or six months, any work undertaken shall form part of the target value of work to be subcontracted, irrespective of any delays the Contractor may encounter in appointing subcontractors. During the initial six-month period, the Contractor may utilise the appointed subcontractors from the previous contract. However, payment will be based on the tendered rates of the Contractor, and this work shall not count towards the achievement of the contract participation goal:

C3.4.4.6 Accredited registration

Achievement measured against the targeted enterprise target value shall only be accepted if the respective targeted enterprise, for which services or work is being claimed as having been performed, is registered with the Construction Industry Development Board in the prescribed contractor grading designation, and in an appropriate class of construction works. In addition, documentary evidence that such targeted enterprise is registered with the South African Revenue Service shall be lodged with the Engineer before the work or service may be considered as having been performed by a bona fide targeted enterprise. The responsibility for producing evidence of the respective registration documentation shall rest with the Contractor.

C3.4.4.7 Measurement and evaluation Only work undertaken by targeted enterprises that qualify in terms of the definition, and which has been subcontracted as follows shall count towards the achievement of the contract participation goal:

Page 140: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.140

(i) according to the specifications for the tender process; and (ii) any scheduled work under a provisional sum undertaken by the

Contractor who procures goods, services and works from targeted enterprises through a quotation process.

The value of work for CPG calculation purposes shall be determined at the tendered rates of the targeted enterprise inclusive of any equipment and materials procured from the Contractor, which was financed and supplied by the Contractor. The value of the work (excluding any penalties) shall include contract price adjustment (CPA), but exclude value added tax (VAT). Any work which the Engineer identifies for the Contractor to execute himself as opposed to subcontracting to a targeted enterprise shall be approved by the Employer. If the Employer approves the request, then this work may be excluded from the target value of work to be subcontracted. To evaluate the value of work undertaken by targeted enterprises, the Contractor shall submit a copy of the relevant invoices, to the Engineer for verification purposes.

C3.4.4.8 Performance monitoring

The Contractor's performance will be monitored throughout the contract. Should

the Contractor fail to fulfil his obligations he will be liable for penalties as set out below. Payment of a penalty shall not absolve the Contractor of any claims, or relieve the Contractor of any of his duties, obligations or responsibilities under the contract.

The Contractor's achievement of the CPG targets will be measured monthly to

determine the progress made to date. Should the Contractor fail to reach the targets set for subcontracting of work to

targeted enterprises by the completion of the contract, he will be penalised by an amount of 20% of the shortfall, which will be subtracted from the monies due to the Contractor.

C3.4.5 WORK TO BE UNDERTAKEN BY SUBCONTRACTORS C3.4.5.1 Project Management Team (PMT) (a) Appointment

A Project Management Team is to be set up comprising a representative from each of the Employer, Engineer and Contractor.

(b) The duties and functions of the PMT are as follows:

(i) determine the scope and extent of the works to be included in any particular subcontract;

(ii) determine the target tender price for the subcontract, according to the scope of work and adjusting the target rates where relevant;

(iii) make decisions regarding the tender pre-qualification process; (iv) adjudicate and approve subcontract tenders;

Page 141: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.141

(v) approve the extension of subcontracts, which shall be subject to satisfactory performance by the subcontractor;

(vi) monitor the management of the subcontracts; (vii) monitor the training, mentoring and development of

subcontractors; and (viii) monitor the Contractor’s performance evaluation system of

subcontractors. C3.4.5.2 General responsibilities of the Contractor (a) Obligations M030.03(a)]

The Contractor shall ensure that he complies with the following obligations:

(i) identify work to be executed from his inspections, and submit

these to the Engineer who will determine which work must be carried out;

(ii) institute a quality assurance system; (iii) provide adequate training, mentoring, guidance and assistance

to subcontractors; (iv) provide financial support and other assistance to ensure that the

subcontractors are able to meet their obligations and commitments with respect to their subcontracts, including acquisition of labour, equipment and materials; and

(v) ensure that the contract participation goals and objectives are achieved.

(b) Subcontracts involving subcontractors

In the subcontracts arranged by the Contractor involving subcontractors, the following shall apply:

(i) no provision or requirements set out in the specifications shall

be deemed to relieve the Contractor of any liability or obligation under the contract and in accordance with the provisions of clause 4 of the FIDIC Condition of Contract for Construction, 1999, the Contractor shall be fully liable for the acts, defaults and neglects of any subcontractor, their agent or employees, as fully as if they were the acts, defaults and neglects of the Contractor, his agents or employees;

(ii) the appointment of the subcontractor by the Contractor, shall be made according to sub-clause 4.4 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999; and

(iii) any failure or neglect by the Contractor to comply with the provisions of the specifications, or any omission or neglect by the Contractor in adhering to or applying the principles as are described and inherent in the specifications, shall be deemed to constitute a warrant for the Engineer to act in terms of clause 15 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

Page 142: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.142

C3.4.6 TENDERS FOR SUBCONTRACTORS The tender process for the targeted enterprises as subcontractors will be

conducted in two phases. The first phase will be a pre-qualification phase and the second phase the tender phase. Tenders shall be deemed to include quotations.

Prior to commencing with the pre-qualification phase, the scope of work for the

subcontracts shall be determined and tender documentation prepared. This will facilitate the setting out of the requirements in the pre-qualification document.

C3.4.6.1 Compilation of tenders In compiling the tenders the Contractor shall take note of the following. (a) The tender documentation shall comply with the Employer’s standards,

including its Standard Conditions of Tender.

(b) the following requirements shall be specified in the tender:

(i) the Subcontractor’s Establishment on Site and General Obligations (Section M0300) may not exceed 15% of the subcontract tender amount. However, if it does exceed 15% the tenderer shall clearly set out his reasons for tendering in this manner;

(ii) the Contractor, after obtaining input from the Engineer, shall compile the scope of work in the tender in such a manner that it will facilitate the achievement of all objectives and principles pertaining to the use and development of subcontractors, as are stated in or as may reasonably be inferred from the conditions of this contract; and

(iii) the subcontractor shall comply with the relevant legislation including the following: Construction Industry Development Board Act, 2000 (Act

No 38 of 2000) and Regulations; Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of

1993) and Construction Regulations, 2014; Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases

Act, 1993 (Act No 130 of 1993); rates for wages and conditions of labour agreed by the

Bargaining Council for the Civil Engineering Industry in terms of the Labour Relations Act, 1995 (Act No 66 of 1995); and

provide the Employer with written confirmation to access the SARS Electronic Tax Compliance Status (TCS) System to verify and continuously track the tax compliance status of all persons conducting business with the State.

(c) Nothing contained in the specification shall be deemed to constitute or

imply any warranty given by the Contractor to any party that any subcontractor to whom a subcontract is awarded in accordance with the provisions of the specification:

Page 143: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.143

(i) can or will actually achieve the successful execution and completion of the subcontractor, nor

(ii) will not suffer losses or damages as a result of the acceptance of his tender.

(d) Scope of work for subcontracts In determining the scope of work to be included in any particular

subcontract, the PMT shall be responsible for the identification of:

(i) the total number of subcontracts to be let; (ii) the scheduling of the time when subcontracts will be let; (iii) the duration of the subcontracts which shall not be longer than

12 months, with an option of an extension which shall be subject to approval by the PMT;

(iv) depending on the scope of work, determine whether retention at the rate of 5% (maximum R10,000) may be withheld which should be deducted in the subcontractor certificate;

(v) the limitation, if any, of how many subcontracts may be awarded to the same tenderer on the same contract;

(vi) the minimum contractor grading designation required; and (vii) any subcontract for which a subcontractor may tender one level

higher than its registered grading designation, if the PMT:

is satisfied that such a subcontractor has the potential to develop and qualify to be registered in that higher grade; and

ensures that financial, management or other support is provided to that subcontractor to enable the subcontractor to successfully execute that subcontract.

(e) Types of subcontracts The following types of subcontracts may be subcontracted:

(i) full or part service for a specific activity on the whole road; (ii) full or part of service on a section of road; (iii) labour only; (iv) equipment hire; and (v) procurement of materials

(f) Target tender amount (i) For each proposed subcontract, the PMT shall determine the

Target Tender Amount (TTA) as follows: Target Tender Amount (TTA) = Target Operational Amount

(TOA) + provision for the Subcontractor’s Establishment on Site and General Obligations.

The Target Operational Amount is the amount for the scheduled

items of operational work in the subcontract, at the Contractor’s balanced tendered rates.

Page 144: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.144

(ii) The provision for the Subcontractor’s Establishment on Site and General Obligations (Section M0300) may not exceed 15% of the Target Tender Amount.

C3.4.6.2 Pre-qualification of subcontractors (a) The purpose of pre-qualification is for the contractor to identify and

shortlist suitably experienced subcontractors for each work activity. The Employer will supply a pro-forma of the pre-qualification document. However, copies required for the pre-qualification process will be for the contractor’s account.

(b) The Contractor shall be responsible for advertising the pre-qualification

process publicly within the source area of available subcontractors. The tender notice shall be displayed in prominent public places, distributed to the general public, published in the local press, and communicated by all other means as may be appropriate under the circumstances.

(c) The pre-qualification documents shall clearly state the following:

(i) applicable conditions pertaining to the tenders; (ii) nature and scope of the portion of the works; and (iii) time and place where tender documents may be obtained.

(d) The Contractor shall provide assistance and guidance to the

prospective tenderers to comprehend and complete the pre-qualification document.

(e) The PMT will decide which prospective tenders will qualify based on the

information supplied and criteria as specified in the pre-qualification document. The pre-qualification documents will be evaluated on the criteria of quality according to the following points based system:

Quality - 100 points based on the categories of location, previous experience, management, relevant construction equipment, legal requirements and financial.

C3.4.6.3 Tender process for subcontractors (a) Tender invitation The subcontractors who are accepted from the pre-qualification

process, will be invited to tender for the scope of work as specified. (b) Issue of tender documents The tender documents shall be issued by the Contractor at his site

office. (c) Training of tenderers The Contractor shall conduct pre-tender educational information

training sessions for all the pre-qualified tenderers. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the tenderers comprehend the following pertinent issues:

Page 145: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.145

(i) conditions pertaining to the eligibility of tenderers in respect of

the particular subcontract contemplated; (ii) scope and extent of the portion of the works included in the

subcontract; (iii) implications of the liabilities and responsibilities inherent in the

particular subcontract applicable; (iv) implications of the tendered rates and prices; (v) performance related penalties; (vi) proper procedures for the submission of the tender; and (vii) procedures and basis on which tenders will be adjudicated and

the subcontract awarded. (d) Assistance to tenderers

The Contractor shall train, mentor, guide and assist the pre-qualified tenderers wishing to submit tenders, in the proper completion and submission of their particular tender, including advice and guidance on rates, with a view of submitting valid, balanced and rational tenders, provided always that such mentoring, guidance and assistance by the Contractor shall:

(i) be given at a level and to the extent which is commensurate with

the particular basic level of subcontract applicable, due cognisance being taken of the capability which could reasonably be expected of potential subcontractors eligible to submit tenders for the particular level of subcontract applicable;

(ii) be given in a manner which is neither prescriptive, dictatorial, nor coercive towards the party wishing to submit the tender;

(iii) not be utilised by the Contractor to manipulate the rates and prices submitted, to his advantage;

(iv) be given in a manner which does not unfairly prejudice or favour any particular eligible party wishing to submit a tender; and

(v) ensure that the contractor’s tendered rates are not disclosed.

(e) Tender closure

Tenders shall close at the stipulated date and time, and be deposited in a proper tender box at the Contractor’s site office. Tenders shall be opened in public in the presence of the Engineer and Contractor.

C3.4.6.4 Tender evaluation C3.4.6.4.1 Procedure

The tenders will be evaluated using the criteria of financial and preference. The tenders will be evaluated in two stages, according to the following points

based system:

Page 146: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.146

First Stage – financial Financial – operational work within 10% window Second Stage – financial and preference One or more tenders

<R1m All tenders >R1m

Financial 80 90 Preference 20 10

Total 100 100

The first stage of the evaluation will be based on the financial criteria for the

operational portion of the work. The second stage of the evaluation is based on the financial and preference criteria. The points awarded for the second stage will be used to determine the tender evaluation points for each tender.

C3.4.6.4.2 Evaluation

Before the tender evaluation is undertaken, the Contractor shall disclose any interest he has in a tenderer, and confirm that he has not disclosed his rates to any tenderer. The Contractor shall evaluate all tenders and submit a tender evaluation report based on the Employer’s pro-forma document, to the PMT for approval. The PMT shall have the right to interview any tenderer for the purpose of:

(i) clarifying any aspect of the tender; (ii) verifying eligibility of the tenderer;

(iii) querying out of balance rates; (iv) querying the reasons for tendering in excess of the specified

percentage limit for Establishment on Site and General Obligations (Section M0300); and

(v) requesting the tenderer to balance his rates for the items of operational work without changing the tender sum.

The tenders will be evaluated in two stages, using the criteria outlined as

follows.

(a) First stage of tender evaluation

The first stage of the evaluation will be based on the financial criteria for the operational portion of the work. The Target Operational Amount for the operational work is based on the target rates for the items of operational work. The individual tendered rates may be outside the 10% window of the target rates, but the rates would need to be verified as being reasonable, and balanced if necessary. Should no tenders be received within the 10% window, the PMT may evaluate tenders outside of this 10% window.

The Target Operational Amount may need to be adjusted for comparative purposes when evaluating tenders as follows: (i) to escalate the Contractor’s rates to the same base date as the

subcontract tenders; and (ii) to allow for a variation in scope of work where the operational

work for the subcontract differs from that specified in the Works

Page 147: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.147

in terms of location and extent, in which case a revision to the Contractor’s balanced tendered rates may be required.

The tenders received are to be evaluated according to one of the three

categories in sequential order as follows depending on the tender price:

(i) One or more tenders within 10% window of TOA

Only those tenders falling within the 10% window of the Target Operational Amount for the operational work will be considered, and those tenders falling outside the 10% window will be rejected and not considered any further.

(ii) All tenders outside 10% window of TOA – negotiate tender sum

If no successful tender is obtained within the 10% window, the Project Management Team may negotiate the Works with the tenderers for the tender sum to be within the 10% window. If the negotiations are unsuccessful, the next evaluation category will apply.

(iii) All tenders outside 10% window of TOA – tender sum not

acceptable The tenders received are outside of the 10% window and are

considered not acceptable. The scope of work shall be put out for re-tender, with an amended scope of work if deemed necessary.

(b) Second stage of tender evaluation The second stage of the evaluation will be based on the financial and

preference criteria as follows.

(i) Financial

The evaluation of the financial offer will be based on the tendered amount for the Operational Section, made up of the subcontractor’s establishment on site and general obligations (Section M0300) and operational work (all other Sections).

The score allocated to the financial offer will be calculated using the following formula:

NFO = W1 x A

where: NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer. W1 is the maximum possible number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer as stated in the tender data. A is a number calculated using the formula and option described in

Table F.1 as stated in the tender data. A = (1 - (P-Pm) )

Pm Where: P = comparative offer of tender offer under consideration

Page 148: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.148

Pm = comparative offer of the most favourable (lowest) tender offer

(ii) Preference Up to 100 minus W1 tender evaluation points will be awarded to

tenderers who submit documentation confirming their Construction Sector B-BBEE Status Level of Contributor and who are found to be eligible for the preference claimed. The allocation of points will be made as described in the tender data.

(ii) Price and preference

The total number of tender evaluation points (TEV) will be calculated in

accordance with the following formula:

TEV = NFO + NP

where: NFO is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for the financial offer made in accordance with F.3.11.7;

NP is the number of tender evaluation points awarded for preferences claimed in accordance with F.3.11.8.

C3.4.6.4.3 Tender Award

The tender will be awarded to the tenderer who has scored the highest number of tender evaluation points.

Providing the tender amount falls within the 10% window of the Target Tender Amount, the Project Management Team may do the award. If a limitation in the subcontract tender document has been made on the number of subcontracts which may be awarded to the same subcontractor on the same contract, then if a subcontractor scores the highest points on more than the limitation number of subcontracts, the PMT must then award the subcontracts in a combination which is the most economical for the Employer.

C3.4.6.5 Measurement and Evaluation The Works shall be measured and valued for payment to the Contractor as

follows:

(i) work undertaken by the Contractor himself, shall be measured and valued for payment at the rates tendered by the Contractor; and

(ii) work undertaken by subcontractors that qualify in terms of the definitions, and which has been sublet according to the specifications for the tender process, shall be measured and valued for payment at the rates tendered by the subcontractors.

C3.4.7 MANAGEMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS The Contractor shall compile the subcontract agreement, and provide the

necessary management support to the subcontractors. Failure by the subcontractor to comply with the terms and conditions of the subcontract agreement shall result in penalties being applied or the subcontract terminated.

Page 149: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.149

C3.4.7.1 Compilation (a) The Contractor in liaison with the Engineer shall be responsible for the

compilation of each subcontract agreement. The agreement shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause 4.4 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999 and shall be consistent with the terms and conditions in this contract. The agreement shall be subject to approval by the Project Management Team. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with the compilation of the documentation for the subcontracts and the conclusion of the agreement.

(b) The terms and conditions of the subcontract agreement shall include the

following specifications: (i) an entitlement of the subcontractor to receive such training as is

contemplated in this contract; (ii) an obligation on the subcontractor to participate and co-operate

in such training as is provided for in this contract; (iii) the allowable sources from which workers may be drawn in

terms of the contract; (iv) the terms and conditions relating to the recruitment, employment

and remuneration of workers engaged on the contract; (v) the training to be provided to the temporary workforce; and (vi) the subcontractor shall not subcontract the whole or any part of

the subcontract without the prior consent of the PMT. Any consent shall not relieve the subcontractor from any liability or obligation under the subcontract and the subcontractor shall be responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of any of his subcontractors, his agents or employees as fully as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects of the subcontractor.

C3.4.7.2 Quality of work and performance of the subcontractor

(a) The Contractor shall closely monitor and supervise all subcontractors and shall train, mentor and guide each subcontractor in accordance with the development plan. In addition, the Contractor shall assist each subcontractor in all aspects of management, execution and completion of his subcontract. This shall typically include assistance with planning of the works, sourcing and ordering of materials, labour relations, monthly measurements and invoicing procedures. The extent and level of such training, mentoring, guidance and assistance, to be provided by the Contractor shall be commensurate with the basic level of subcontract applicable and shall be directed at enabling the subcontractor to achieve the successful execution and completion of his subcontract.

(b) The Contractor shall implement an approved performance evaluation

system of the subcontractors, and shall conduct monthly reviews of the subcontractor’s performance, duties and obligations.

(c) The Contractor shall give reasonable warning to the subcontractor when

any contravention of the terms and conditions of the subcontract has occurred or appears likely to occur. The Contractor shall, whenever feasible, give the subcontractor reasonable opportunity to make good

Page 150: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.150

any such contravention or to avoid such contravention and shall render all reasonable assistance to the subcontractor in this regard.

C3.4.7.3 Dispute avoidance and resolution procedures

(a) When taking any disciplinary action or imposing a penalty as are

provided for in the subcontract, the Contractor shall explain fully to the subcontractor that such actions are provided for in the subcontract.

(b) If the subcontractor, in the opinion of the Engineer, fails to comply with

any of the criteria listed below, the Engineer shall issue a written warning to the Contractor, stating all the areas of non-compliance. A copy of the letter of warning shall be forwarded to the Employer. The criteria are as follows:

(i) acceptable standard of work as set out in the specifications in

the subcontract tender document; (ii) progress in accordance with the time constraints in the

subcontractor’s tender document; (iii) punctual and full payment of the workforce and suppliers; (iv) site safety; and (v) accommodation of traffic.

(c) The subcontractor shall have 21 days from the date of receipt of the letter of warning by the Contractor to address and rectify the issues raised by the Engineer, with the exception of the above sub-clause (b) items (iv) and (v) for which the reaction time shall be 24 hours. Failure by the subcontractor to comply with deadline set, will be sufficient grounds for the Contractor to apply a penalty, or terminate the subcontract provided that the PMT is satisfied that the Contractor has made every effort to correct the performance of the subcontractor.

(d) The subcontractor shall have the right to dispute any ruling given or

deemed to have been given by the Contractor, Engineer or Employer. Provided that, unless the subcontractor shall, within 21 days after his receipt of a ruling or after a ruling shall have been deemed to be have been given, give written notice (hereinafter referred to as a Dispute Notice) to the Contractor, referring to this clause, disputing the validity or correctness of the whole or a specified part of the ruling, he shall have no further right to dispute that ruling or the part thereof not disputed in the said notice.

(e) If any dispute should arise between the Contractor and a subcontractor,

such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with sub-clause 4.4 (e)(ii) of the Particular Conditions of Contract.

Page 151: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.151

C3.4.8 SKILLS DEVELOPMENT

The Contractor is required to manage the skills development of subcontractors by providing training, coaching, guidance and mentoring.

C3.4.8.1 Obligations

This section provides details of the Contractor's obligations of implementing the National Skills Development Strategy. This strategy sets priorities for the skills development of workers. The Sector Education and Training Authorities (SETA) and provincial offices of the Department of Labour will play key roles in transforming the vision of the strategy into reality. The Contractor shall, from the commencement of the contract, provide a structured development programme designed to improve the entrepreneurial and basic business management skills of identified subcontractors and hired labour that show initiative as well as specific task skills (engineering skills) commensurate with the applicable levels of subcontract that will enable subcontractors to achieve the successful execution and completion of their subcontracts. The ultimate objective of training, coaching, guidance and mentoring is to develop subcontractors as far as their potential allows.

C3.4.8.2 Definitions (a) Training:

Training refers to the process of teaching a learner – usually in a classroom or simulated work environment situation. Training usually takes place with one teacher/trainer and several learners. Principles and theory are taught. Demonstrations are given. Assignments are then set to ensure that the learner is able to apply what has been taught. Training is done by a specialist in the subject, who is also qualified to train. Example: Use of a Dumpy Level Training would involve the theory of how a dumpy level works and how to calculate levels. A demonstration of how to set up and read a level could be given.

(b) Coaching:

Coaching refers to hands-on training and is mostly on a one-on-one basis of tangible and measurable skills. It is typically on-site training, or learning-on-the-job. Coaching is training by the process of “watch-do-correct-practice”. The coach does the task while the learner watches and asks questions. Then the learner does the same task while the coach watches. The learner is corrected until the coach feels that he has the gained competence in the function. The learner is then left to practise the task or skill, which the coach oversees. Coaching is imparting a skill – usually manual or physical. A coach is usually a person doing the same type of work on a higher or more competent level, or has a mastery of the skill/task. While training gives the theory or shows/explains the principles, coaching helps the learner become competent and master a skill. A coach is often in the direct reporting line, i.e. someone in authority. Coaching could be part of the management function and would make the job run more smoothly. Example: Use of a Dumpy Level Coaching would involve taking the learner onto site, setting up a dumpy level, reading levels. Then the coach would get the learner to do the job,

Page 152: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.152

while the coach checked setting up and reading. Once the learner understands and can do the tasks, the coach checks periodically to ensure the learner is still doing the job properly. The desired outcomes of coaching is for the learner to “fit-the-mould”, or do things the same way and to the same standard as the coach.

(c) Guidance:

Guidance is anticipating where one might go wrong, or where one is doing a task in a complicated, inefficient or ineffective way, and giving advice as to how to achieve a better result. Guidance is mostly given by a person in the direct reporting line, but can be given by anyone. Guidance is not imparting skills, but suggesting ways to improve performance. Example: Use of a Dumpy Level A person who knows how to use a dumpy level would be given guidance as to where he would next set up the level to limit the number of set-ups. Guidance could be an extension of coaching.

(d) Mentoring:

Mentoring is developing a person on a long-term career path. It is mostly about imparting skills that are often intangible and non-measurable. A mentor is seldom anyone in the direct reporting line – although he could be a person several levels higher in that reporting line. Mentoring is more about developing a relationship and taking a personal interest in an individual. A mentor looks out for that individual and gives him advice that cannot be found in a book or in the normal course of business. The sort of issues a mentor discusses with the protégé is company politics, how to pick up work before others get wind of it, how to position one’s company to get a better competitive advantage, how to tender such that the tender is lowest, but the profit is as good or better than the next person, how to determine and assess risk. Mentoring helps the protégé think strategically, sharpen entrepreneurial skills and grow – both personally and in terms of the company. A mentor helps the protégé to develop insight and shrewdness. It is more about business skills to survive long-term than the technical, tactical or day-to-day activities of doing business. The desired outcome of mentoring is for the protégé to develop his own style i.e. to shape his own “mould”.

(e) Supervision

Supervision is instruction regarding the work to be performed, and ensuring it is carried out to specification and to the satisfaction of the supervisor. It is not instruction on how the work is to be performed, but rather on what work has to be performed, and usually has specific time frames.

C3.4.8.3 Assessment of subcontractor potential

It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the level of development required by each subcontractor. This will require the Contractor to determine the level at which the subcontractor can operate competently and the skills already acquired by the subcontractor in terms of training and on-the-job experience. In some circumstances Adult Basic Education Training (ABET) will need to be started before any formal training can commence. The assessment of each appointed subcontractor is to be produced by the Contractor for

Page 153: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.153

discussion at the first Project Management Team meeting following the appointment of the subcontractor. The assessment is to be done in accordance with the assessment process outlined in section 3.4.8.7. Initially this will be given as an activities checklist, until such time as an assessment tool is designed.

C3.4.8.4 Development Plan

Within a month of the first PMT meeting on the subcontractor assessments, the Contractor is to present a development plan, specific to each subcontractor. The stage at which the development plan is implemented is shown in Figure C3.4.8/1. The development plan is to be reviewed by the PMT for appropriateness before being implemented.

The development plan is to include the following: (i) specify the development needs of each subcontractor contracting entity

– the systems the entity lacks; (i) specify the development needs of the individuals comprising the entity

– the skills the individuals within the entity lack; (ii) the level to which that activity (refer C3.4.8.7) will be developed within

the period of the contract; (iii) whether training, coaching, guidance and/or mentoring is to be given in

each activity; and (iv) the person/s responsible for each activity.

Page 154: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.154

Figure C3.4.8/1: IMPLEMENTATION OF THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN

C3.4.8.5 Identification and general training of potential subcontractors

(a) The progression of training, coaching and mentorship may need to start with the identification and general training of potential subcontractors and hired labour that show initiative, and should end with their acquisition of sufficient management skills that will equip them to compete confidently for subcontract work beyond the duration of this contract. In addition, generic skills shall be taught where the need for these has been identified as being necessary amongst subcontractors’ workforces and hired labour.

NO

YES

Pre-qualification of subcontractor

Contractor on Site

Subcontractor tender accepted

Assess subcontractor

PMT Meeting to discuss Assessments

Subcontractor Development Plan

PMT discussion and approval

Implementation

Page 155: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.155

(b) Before commencing with any structured training the Contractor shall submit his intended programme to the Project Management Team for approval of its subject content and proposed trainers, and the Contractor shall, if so instructed by the PMT, alter or amend the programme and/or course content.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of everything necessary for the delivery of the various training workshops and modules including:

(i) a suitable venue with sufficient furniture, lighting and power; (ii) all necessary stationery consumables and study material; and (iii) transport for attendees. (c) Whereas the specified training courses form part of the Contractor’s

structured training programme, all costs relating to the identification and engagement of subcontractors shall not be paid separately, but are deemed to have been included in the Contractor’s tendered rates for Section M0300: Contractor’s Establishment on Site and General Obligations.

C3.4.8.6 Provision of office and storage facilities

The Contractor is to provide an independent office for use by the subcontractors which includes office furniture, an available telephone line, and fax facilities, a computer and printer with internet and email facilities. The Contractor is also to make provision for the subcontractors to store materials and equipment on site.

C3.4.8.7 Activities Check List

(a) The activities check list is to be used as a guideline for assessment and selected activities will form part of the development plan. All the activities listed may not necessarily be undertaken by a subcontractor within the contract period. In addition, there will be different levels of expertise for each activity, depending on the size, experience, abilities and capacity of the subcontractor as determined by the assessment.

(b) The activities are listed under six categories, namely Technical,

Financial, Human Resources, Contractual, Legislative, and General. The Technical list of activities is divided into task groups, namely, General, Materials, and Equipment, and covers all aspects of technical know-how necessary to perform the work. Financial aspects include all aspects required to effectively run a business. Human resource activities cover all employment and labour issues. Contractual and Legislative activities include all aspects respectively needed for a subcontractor to function effectively and develop. Certain activities such as productivity appear under Human Resources and Financial as it has both a labour and a monetary aspect.

(c) The activities list below is separated into administration and

management functions. This is to cater for the different functions associated with the activities. For example, handling variation orders involves communication and filing by a clerk and the implementation of the changes by the site agent. The administrative function is the filing and internal company communication and the management function is

Page 156: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.156

to action the variation order and the implications of this on costs and claims.

The separation of administration and management functions also caters for the different levels of individuals within the organization. For routine road maintenance contracts, the administration functions would be undertaken by the administration officer, site clerk or construction supervisor, and the management function would be undertaken by the senior technical person or business owner. For example, the activity of understanding the contract specifications is required by the foreman to supervise the construction and manage the quality, by the site agent to ensure compliance and quality control and by the contract manager to manage profitability. This one activity has different application for the various levels of personnel within the company.

(d) The relevant person to conduct the training for each activity is indicated

in the last column of Tables C3.4.8/1 to C3.4.8/6. Where indicated by a √, the coaching, guidance and mentoring is to be conducted by the full time site staff member, for which provision is made for under pay item PM030.06. All other persons responsible for training will be treated as additional resources for which provision is made for under pay item PM030.07.

Page 157: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.157

TABLE C3.4.8/1: TECHNICAL

a) ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR TRAINING

(i) GENERAL

(ii) Understanding and interpreting drawings

√ Site agent Foreman

(iii) Setting out construction works

√ Site agent

(iv) Technical know-how of all Routine Road Maintenance activities

√ Site agent Foreman

(v) Task organization √ Site agent

(vi) Task prioritization √ Site agent

(vii) Work schedule:

Daily work plans

Weekly work plans

Monthly work plans

√ Site agent Foreman

(viii) Effectiveness √ Site Agent Foreman

(ix) Efficiency √ Site agent Foreman

(x) Quality control √ Site agent

(xi) Measuring work done for payment certificates

√ Site agent Site clerk

(xii) Site meetings

Attendance

Preparation

Progress reports

Follow through

√ Site agent Contract manager

(xiii) Handling site instructions and VOs

√ Site Agent

MATERIALS

(xiv) Materials planning √ Site agent Site clerk

(xv) Receiving, storing and handling materials

√ Site agent Site clerk

(xvi) Waste control √ Site agent Site clerk

(xvii) Handling/installation of pre-cast units

√ Site Agent

EQUIPMENT

(xviii) Machine Analysis Site agent /Equipment Manager

(xix) Maintenance Schedule Site agent/ Equipment Manager

(xx) Appropriate and correct use of equipment and tools

√ Site Agent Foreman

(xxi) Care of equipment and tools

√ Site Agent / Foreman

GENERAL

Page 158: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.158

TABLE C3.4.8/1: TECHNICAL

a) ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR TRAINING

(i) Site set up √ Site agent

(ii) Construction program/workplan:

Development

Monitoring

Correcting/revising

√ Site agent Contract Manager

(iii) Understanding tests:

what tests required,

results required,

interpreting results relating to specifications and quality,

corrections required.

√ Site Agent

(iv) Productivity √ Site agent Contract Manager

(v) MATERIALS (vi) Materials schedule √ Site agent

(vii) EQUIPMENT

(viii) Determine appropriate levels, of equipment

√ Site Agent Equipment Manager

(ix) Proper use of equipment

Equipment Manager

(x) Productivity of equipment

√ Site Agent Contract Manager

(xi) Allocation of equipment √ Site agent Contract Manager

(xii) Waste control √ Site Agent Contact Manager

Page 159: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.159

TABLE C3.4.8/2: FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES

a) ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR TRAINING

(i) Basic Finance

debtors/creditors

accounts/bookkeeping

documents

Bookkeeper

(ii) Bank account

opening an account

managing an account

Bookkeeper

(iii) Ordering and systems

lead times

order systems

Bookkeeper Site Clerk

(iv) Invoices:

received vs ordered

check quantities

check charges vs quotes/tender

set up systems

Bookkeeper

(v) Stock Control Site Clerk

(vi) Payroll:

days worked vs pay

PAYE

UIF

Workman’s compensation

Bookkeeper

(vii) Legal requirements:

Company tax

VAT

SDL

RSC

Bookkeeper Accountant

(viii) Payment certificates √ Site Agent / Site Clerk

(i) Claims and VOs Contract Manager

(ii) Cash Flow:

development/ projections

management

Contract Manager Site Agent

(iii) Costing System:

capturing costs

analyzing costs monitor profit

Accountant Site Agent Contract Manager

(iv) Tendering:

building up rates

P&Gs Provisional Sums

Estimator

(v) Budgeting:

developing budget

monitoring against actual

Accountant Contract Manager

Page 160: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.160

TABLE C3.4.8/2: FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES

(vi) Risk assessment Contract Manager

(vii) Insurance:

short term

public liability

contractors all risk

Contract Manager Site Agent

(viii) Interest Rates Accountant (ix) Bridging Finance Accountant

(x) Sureties, Accountant Contract Manager

(xi) Procurement of Plant and equipment

purchase

hire

lease

hire purchase

Buyer Contract Manager Plant Manager

(xii) Procurement:

sourcing

buying

quotes

Buyer

(xiii) Subcontract:

sourcing

adjudication

interpretation

Contract Manager

(xiv) Productivity √ Site Agent Contract Manager

Page 161: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.161

TABLE C3.4.8/3: HUMAN RESOURCE ACTIVITIES

a) ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR TRAINING

(i) Labour Supervision Foreman

(ii) Team Sizes Foreman

(iii) Productivity √

Foreman Site Agent

(iv) Time sheets Site clerk

(v) Leave Registers

(vi) Employee records:

conditions of employment

employment contracts

certificate of service

termination of service

Site clerk

(vii) Disciplinary procedure:

warning systems

warning forms

termination procedure

HR manager

(viii) Training:

AIDS awareness

Safety

Productivity

Development

Accountability

HR manager Trainer

(ix) Community Liaison √ Site Agent

(i) Labour recruitment:

Sourcing

Skills assessment

Appropriate levels/skills

√ Site Agent Contracts Manager HR Manager Dept. of Labour

(ii) Labour Allocation √ Site Agent Contract Manager

(iii) Labour Schedules/planning

√ Site agent

(iv) Histogram/manpower plan

Contract Manager

(v) Management of supervision

√ Site agent Foreman

(vi) Productivity √ Site agent Contract Manager

(vii) Labour Law:

Conditions of employment

Labour relations

Employment contracts

Termination of service

HR Manager Site agent Contract Manager Dept. of Labour

(viii) Accountability systems √ Foreman / Site Agent

Page 162: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.162

TABLE C3.4.8/4: CONTRACTUAL MATTERS

a) ADMNISTRATION b) MANAGEMENT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR TRAINING

(i) Relationships and communication:

contractor

consultants

clients

√ Site Agent Contract Manager

(ii) Setting up contractual admin requirement (systems):

site dairies

progress reports

rainfall/weather records

√ Site Agent

(iii) Implementing EMP √ Site Agent

(i) Contract Law

conditions of Contract

specifications

√ Site Agent Contract Manager

(ii) Risk Assessment Contract Manager (iii) Managing Contract

Administration √ Site Agent

Contract Manager (iv) Administration of sub-

contractors √ Site Agent

Contract Manager (v) Subcontractor

agreements Contract Manager

(vi) Disputes Contract Manager

TABLEC3.4.8/5: LEGISLATIVE ACTIVITIES

a) ADMINISTRATION b) MANAGEMENT c) PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR TRAINING

(i) Legal Registrations:

VAT

Income Tax

PAYE

UIF

Workman’s Compensation

SDL

Company lawyer/ Accountant

(i) Labour Law HR Manager Dept. of Labour

(ii) OHS Act Specialist

(iii) Environmental Management Plan

Specialist

(iv) Arbitration Specialist

Page 163: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.163

TABLE C3.4.8/6: GENERAL ACTIVITIES

ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR TRAINING

(i) Filing systems Site clerk

(ii) Office set-out Site agent

(iii) Record keeping Site clerk

(iv) Good “House keeping”

Foreman

(v) Communications with staff

HR Manager

(vi) Communications on site

HR Manager

C3.4.8.8 Activities

The tasks for each of the activities making up the development plan are described below in further detail.

C3.4.8.8.1 Technical

(a) Technical Administrative Functions

General Tasks (i) Understanding and interpreting drawings

On Routine Road Maintenance Contracts, the reading of drawings is required at high levels of subcontractor development. The relevant drawings that would need to be understood include the details for repairing guard rails and precast structures. Understanding and interpreting drawings includes the following:

understanding the cross referencing to drawings from the contract documents and the bill of quantities;

understanding the layout of the drawings;

understanding the plan view and elevations and cross sections; and

how to interpret, accurately layout and construct the details.

(ii) Setting out construction works

This skill requires an understanding of the function and use of instruments such as the Dumpy Level, the Theodolite, and procedures such as stringing a line.

(iii) Technical know-how of all Routine Road Maintenance activities,

and includes: Grass cutting Hedge trimming Weed control Guard rail repair/reconstruction

Page 164: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.164

Pothole preparation Pothole repair Traffic control/safety precautions Concrete repairs Drain cleaning Fence installation and repair Litter picking

Therefore, if the subcontractor currently only undertakes some of the activities relating to RRM, then the development plan will include increasing their scope of activities to eventually include all of the above.

(iv) Task organization This activity involves the correct supervision of labour and

organisation of tasks to ensure that labour is utilised most effectively. This includes the following:

allocation of the appropriate number of people for the

task; availability on site of the correct type and amount of

material and equipment at the point of use; and planning tasks ahead so that labour does not stand

around waiting.

(v) Task prioritization Task prioritization must cover an understanding of critical paths,

including identifying which tasks can be postponed and which are urgent. It includes planning and monitoring so that time targets are achieved. It must also cover gaining an understanding of the penalties applicable to late completion of tasks.

(vi) Work schedule: This is the ability to produce daily work plans and will assist with

task organization. Daily work plans need to be developed into weekly and monthly work plans and vice versa. These plans assist in material ordering, plant scheduling, labour allocation, timeous completion of the work, and keeping track of profits/losses.

(vii) Effectiveness

Effectiveness is ensuring that a job gets done right, or properly. Effectiveness is doing the right things

(viii) Efficiency

Efficiency is ensuring that the job is done with the least effort and cost possible. Efficiency is doing things right

(ix) Quality control

Quality control requires knowledge of specifications and tolerances and ensuring that the work adheres to these, as well as understanding the requirements of the client.

Page 165: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.165

(x) Measuring work done for payment certificates This is the ability to measure actual work done and to translate these measurements into a payment certificate. Knowledge must be gained of how to calculate escalation, how to claim for VOs and how to handle other claims.

(xi) Site meetings

Knowledge needs to be gained of the following: the importance of site meetings; identifying the relevant personnel to attend site

meetings; preparing for a site meeting; understanding progress reports including why they are

important and how to prepare them; recording issues discussed at the meeting; implementing and follow through of issues recorded; and understanding the process of the meeting and when to

bring up various concerns is needed.

(xii) Handling site instructions and VOs. This is the ability to distinguish between site instructions and variation orders and how to respond to such instructions.

Materials Tasks (xiii) Materials planning

This includes the following:

determining the quantity of materials required for each task and planning ordering;

determine appropriate lead times to ensure that everything required to do a job is on hand; and

quantity take-offs for pricing a bill at higher levels of development.

(xiv) Receiving, storing and handling materials

Receiving includes checking materials delivered against the delivery note and the order placed. Storage involves knowing what quantities and type of materials to store, planning accessibility, and safety of materials from inter alia theft and weather. Handling of materials needs to be carried out to ensure no wastage or damage.

(xv) Waste control

This includes the importance of waste control to reduce costs and the management of reducing waste of materials in storage and in use.

(xvi) The handling/installation of precast units

Knowledge of precast units, handling and installation must be gained.

Equipment Tasks (xvii) Machine Analysis

Page 166: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.166

This is the analysis of the use of equipment. It includes calculating fuel and hourly costs. This will enhance an understanding of the effective use of equipment, how to reduce costs and provide a background for pricing of equipment for tenders.

(xviii) Maintenance Schedule

This covers the importance of maintenance of equipment and how to schedule this so that there is minimal disruption in day-to-day work.

(xix) Appropriate and correct use of tools and equipment.

To provide coaching on the correct use of tools and equipment.

(xx) Care of tools and equipment Care of tools and equipment includes the proper handling, cleaning, storage and stacking.

The coaches of the above listed activities are generally the Foreman, Site Clerk, Mechanic, Site Agent, Plant Manager or Contracts Manager.

(b) Technical Management Functions

General Tasks

(i) Site set up

This involves gaining an understanding of site set-up procedures and principles, including establishing a site office and facilities, providing access to the site, initial lay-out of the works, storage facilities and security.

(ii) Construction program/work plan:

Knowledge of how to develop a construction program/work plan, monitor and assess the production, and corrects the programme where necessary.

(iii) Understanding tests

Understanding what tests are required, reading and interpreting results relating to specifications and quality, and how to make the corrections required.

(iv) Productivity

Recording productivity and understanding the principles. Knowing where to make corrections and how to implement solutions

Material Tasks

(v) Materials schedule

This involves gaining knowledge of how to develop a materials schedule from a Bill of Quantities, the Drawings and any other relevant contractual document. It also includes linking the works program to an ordering schedule, and sourcing of suitable materials.

Page 167: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.167

Equipment

(vi) Determine appropriate levels of equipment

The determination of the appropriate type and number of tools, and equipment required.

(vii) Proper use of equipment

This is gaining knowledge, understanding and competency in the proper use of equipment.

(viii) Productivity of equipment

The productivity of equipment must be understood to know how this affects his ability to perform.

(ix) Allocation of equipment

This involves the ability to competently allocate equipment to the various tasks.

(x) Waste control

Waste control is an essential aspect of running a site well and making a profit. The principles of this, together with the practical ways to control waste need to be understood.

The coach/mentor of these activities is generally the Site Agent, Contracts Manager, or Equipment Supplier

C3.4.8.8.2 Financial

(a) Financial Administrative Functions

(i) Basic Finance

This includes knowledge of the definition and difference between debtors and creditors as well as gaining competency in basic bookkeeping. Knowledge of keeping and managing accounts and other financial documents also needs to be developed. A basic financial course may be appropriate to develop in this area.

(ii) Bank account

The opening of a bank account, making deposits, the difference between stop-orders and debt-orders, overdraft facilities and generally managing a bank account needs to be understood. This can also be done through a course, and/or with a supportive bank manager, and/or with the appointed coach/mentor.

(iii) Orders and systems

This will require the setting up of systems and procedures that will take into consideration delivery lead-times, non-availability of items, alternate sources, preparation of storage areas ready for delivery, and the area/volume of storage space.

(iv) Invoices

The development of systems within the subcontractor entity that will check materials received versus what was ordered, check

Page 168: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.168

quantities delivered, and check actual prices paid against quotes/tender prices

(v) Stock Control

The importance of controlling stock needs to be understood. Systems to implement stock control need to be imparted.

(vi) Payroll

This involves the establishment of a payroll system within the subcontractor entity. This could include developing an internal system, outsourcing the payroll or learning a commercially acquired payroll system. The system needs to record days worked, pay rate, legal deductions and a leave register.

(vii) Legal requirements

The financial requirements of legal obligations of companies must be imparted to the subcontractor. This includes payment of company tax, VAT (Value Added Tax), Skills Development Levy (SDL), Work Unemployment Insurance Fund (UIF), and Workmens’ Compensation (WC), as well as the applicable minimum wages for the area. (see Legislative)

(viii) Payment certificates

This includes the compilation and submission of a payment certificate. As well as knowing how to determine work done to date, how to present it in terms of the Bill of Quantities, and how to claim for materials on site.

(b) Financial Management Functions

(i) Claims and VOs

The following types of claims may be applicable: Claims for additional work done, inclement weather and for Variation Orders implemented. Understanding claims includes knowing when a claim can be submitted, the procedure and paperwork for the submission of a claim and which claims are worth pursuing.

(ii) Cash Flow

The concept of cash flow, as well as the development of cash flow projections and the monitoring of the cash flow are vital aspects of running a business. Included under this topic is knowing how long it takes from placing an order for material until payment is due, and time lags between ordering materials and using the materials and receiving payment for work done. The concept of sufficient working capital also needs to be imparted.

(iii) Costing System

Costing systems must be set up and understood. Aspects include capturing costs, monitoring profit, analyzing costs and using this information to determine productivity levels.

(iv) Tendering

A knowledge is required of how to build up rates, how to obtain prices, how to negotiate better discounts, how to be creative to

Page 169: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.169

achieve the desired result more cost effectively, how to calculate and accommodate P&Gs, and what Provisional Sums are and how they are handled.

(v) Budgeting

The difference between tendering and budgeting must be understood as well as gaining skills on how to develop a budget. Knowledge of how to monitor actual expenses against budgeted expenses, how to analyze the differences, and the value budgeting is needed.

(vi) Risk assessment

This involves learning how to assess the financial risks associated with the job in terms of his performance and profitability and the management of these risks. This becomes increasingly important as the subcontractor Company grows.

(vii) Insurance

This includes an understanding of why insurance is required, how to obtain insurance, the benefits and costs, insurance providers and what can be claimed from different types of insurance. The different types of insurance to be included are Short Term insurance, Public Liability and Contractor’s All Risk insurance.

(viii) Interest Rates

Interest Rates can have a dramatic impact on the profit margins. Therefore, an understanding must be gained of what interest rates are, how they impact on profit margins, how to cater for fluctuating interest rates in preparing a tender, and how to find and/or negotiate the best interest rates.

(ix) Bridging Finance

This includes understanding what bridging finance is and the different forms of bridging finance. Guidance should be given on when bridging finance should be used, where it can be obtained, what securities are needed, and how to go about securing funds.

(x) Sureties

This involves understanding what sureties, are, why and when they are needed, how they can be obtained, what they cost and how they can be redeemed.

(xi) Procurement of Plant and Equipment

The difference between purchasing, leasing, hire purchase and hiring plant needs to be understood. Also included is gaining knowledge of all aspects of these options as well as the benefits and implications for the business for each option.

(xii) Procurement

Procurement of materials includes sourcing suppliers, getting quotes, placing an order and negotiating discounts. The Contractor can assist in introducing higher level subcontractors to the relevant materials suppliers.

Page 170: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.170

(xiii) Subcontract At the lower levels, this will involve the subcontractor understanding the subcontract agreement between himself and the Contractor and the obligations of this document. With subcontractor’s operating at a higher level, this will include sourcing, other subcontractors, as well as interpreting the tender/quote, adjudication and awarding of subcontracts.

(xiv) Productivity

This includes taking production rates and translating it into financial terms to help build up rates for tendering and to monitor profit margins.

The coach and/or mentor for these functions are typically the Bookkeeper, Site Clerk, Foreman, Site Agent, Contracts Manager, Accountant, Estimator and Buyer.

C3.4.8.8.3 Human Resources

(a) Human Resource Administrative Functions (i) Labour Supervision

This involves the supervising labour effectively. This includes knowing the level of competencies of labour, being able to motivate workers to ensure that productivity levels are achieved and maintained. It also includes the allocation of tasks to labour.

(ii) Team Sizes

This is ensuring the size of the work team is appropriate for the matching activity and understanding that teams that are too large are unproductive and teams that are too small are not effective.

(iii) Productivity

The principles of productivity and how it is best achieved for various tasks is to be understood and applied. It also involves being able to determine realistic productivity levels, such as m2

of grass cut with a machine per hour, and length of guardrail installed per day.

(iv) Time sheet

A system of time sheets which accurately records the time each employee spends on the job needs to be in place.

(v) Leave Registers

A system for recording leave needs to be in place, which includes the dates that leave was taken, what type of leave it was and whether the employee qualifies for paid or unpaid leave in terms of legislation.

(vi) Employee records

This involves knowing and applying with legislation for conditions of employment. Employment contracts must be in place for all labour employed and a formal system of keeping employee records must be established. Employee records must be in line with legislation including recording of employee details and

Page 171: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.171

copies of identification documents, termination of service procedures, and certificates of service.

(vii) Disciplinary procedure

Knowledge of the legal aspects of disciplinary procedures is essential. The ability to set up these procedures, and ensure that all staff understand and adhere to them is required. Warning systems must include records of verbal warnings, warning forms, disciplinary hearings, dispute resolutions and termination procedures.

(viii) Training

This involves understanding the concept of the Skills Development Levy, and how to claim from CETA for training provided. Service Providers have CETA funded Skills Facilitators available to assist subcontractors in identifying training needs and compiling work place skills plans (WPSP) at no cost to the subcontractor. An understanding of the importance of providing training for staff with regards to AIDS awareness, Safety, Productivity, Development and Accountability is essential.

(ix) Community liaison

The management and importance of community liaison must be understood.

(b) Human Resource Management Functions

(i) Labour recruitment

Employment of labour with the appropriate skills is essential. Therefore, sourcing of appropriate labour and knowledge of how to assess the range of skills and level of competency in potential employees needs to be gained.

(ii) Labour allocation

Allocation of labour is a skill that needs continual refining. It requires knowing the specific strengths of staff employed, the numbers of labourers and level of skill required for specific tasks, as well as being able to build effective cohesive teams that understand their roles without continual supervision.

(iii) Labour schedules/planning

This involves learning how to compile labour schedules from the works program and the consequent allocation of staff to the work planned.

(iv) Histogram/manpower plan

A manpower plan includes establishing how many people are needed on the job and at what times. This is an important skill even at the most elementary level. As the subcontractor develops, the management of moving people from site to site in such a way that there are neither too many nor too few labourers, and/or supervision becomes an important skill to obtain.

(v) Management of supervision

Page 172: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.172

This activity involves understanding the principles of supervision, and how to effectively manage to ensure that these are applied and/or developed by the appointed supervisor.

(vi) Productivity

Productivity applies to labour as well as tasks and plant. Skills must be developed on how to determine appropriate levels of labour productivity and how to ensure that staff achieves these levels.

(vii) Labour law

A basic understanding of labour law, specifically the Labour Relations Act (LRA), and Basic Conditions of Employment Act (BCEA), Employment Contracts, and Termination of Service is essential as well as an understanding of the implications of these laws on business.

(viii) Accountability systems

This requires that accountability systems are developed and implemented for supervisory staff.

Coaching, guidance and mentoring on the above listed functions are typically undertaken by the Foreman, Site Agent, Site Clerk, HR Manager, Trainer and Contracts Manager.

C3.4.8.8.4 Contractual

(a) Contractual Administrative Functions

(i) Relationships and communication: This involves the development and maintenance of good relationships and the establishment of good communication systems within the subcontractor business. This includes communication between the subcontractor and the other role players such as the Contractor; the Engineer and the Client. An understanding of the importance of good communication is also important. Good communication starts with the right attitude, and involves listening twice as much as talking. It is also listening to what is not being said. Allowances need to be made for differences in culture and economic backgrounds.

(ii) Setting up contractual administration requirement (systems):

Contractual administration systems need to be established and implemented. This includes the use and importance of site dairies and keeping rainfall/weather records, as well as developing progress reports.

(iii) Implementing EMP

This activity involves understanding the design and implementation of an Environmental Management Plan.

(b) Contractual Management Functions

(i) Contract law

Page 173: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.173

Knowing and understanding the content and implications (including costs) of the Conditions of Contract and the Specifications will be required. This will include understanding the content and implications of penalty clauses.

(ii) Risk Assessment

This activity involves being able to assess the contractual risks associated with the contract both in terms of his performance and in terms of the risks associated with the client.

(iii) Managing contract administration

Managing contract administration ensures that all the required reports, such as accident reports and progress reports are completed and submitted.

(iv) Administration of subcontractors

Identification and separation of the responsibilities of the Contractor from the responsibilities of the subcontractors need to be understood and applied. The management of subcontractors to ensure that contractual obligations are met is an essential knowledge to be gained by higher level subcontractors.

. (v) Subcontractor agreements

Understanding the contents of the subcontract agreement between subcontractor and Contractor is an important skill to be learnt.

(vi) Disputes

This activity involves understanding the procedures used in handling disputes or disagreements with the Contractor and/or the Client.

The Contracts Manager and Site Agent would normally be involved in

this function.

C3.4.8.8.5 Legislative

(a) Legislative Administrative Functions

(i) Legal Registrations The legal requirements for registration of companies must be imparted to the subcontractor. This includes company tax, VAT (Value Added Tax), PAYE, Skills Development Levy (SDL), Unemployment Insurance Fund (UIF), and Workmens’ Compensation (WC). An understanding of what each registration is, what benefits he gets from being registered, and how to register must be developed.

(b) Legislative Management Functions

(i) Labour Law

Knowledge of the labour legislation and the implications for the business is required. This includes Skills Development Levy (SDL), Work Place Skills Plans (WPSP), Unemployment

Page 174: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.174

Insurance Fund UIF), Workmens’ Compensation (WC), Labour Relations Act (LRA), Basic Conditions of Employment Act (BCEA), and the applicable minimum wages for the area.

(ii) OHS Act

All aspects of the OHS Act (dealing with safety and health) and the implications must be understood. A safety officer who has the appropriate level of understanding and knowledge must be appointed within each subcontractor.

(iii) Environmental Management Plan

An environmental management plan needs to be submitted regarding how the environment will be managed for the duration of the contract, and what restoration will take place at the end of the contract. An understanding of the importance and content of this plan must be gained.

(iv) Arbitration

This activity involves knowing what legal recourse is available when disputes/disagreements are not resolved. This knowledge must include the processes to be followed and where to go to implement proceedings.

These functions will generally require the input of the company lawyer, company accountant, HR Manager, Health and Safety Specialist, and Environmental Specialist.

C3.4.8.8.6 General

(a) Administrative Functions (i) Filing systems

This activity includes establishing company filing systems that are efficient and effective. It also includes knowing the importance of filing, what must be filed and how it should be filed.

(ii) Office set out

Knowledge of the layout of the site office buildings position and the organisation of the offices and systems within the buildings is to be imparted.

(iii) Record keeping

This activity involves developing knowledge of what records need to be kept and how best to keep them.

(iv) Good housekeeping

Good housekeeping is about developing a work approach of keeping the site tidy, cleaning and putting away tools, and working in an orderly way. Developing good housekeeping assists a company in working efficiently and improving profit margins.

(v) Communications with staff

The importance of good communication with staff needs to be understood as well as the effects of good relations with the staff

Page 175: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.175

In terms of loyalty and productivity. An understanding must also be gained that good communication enhances supervision and management of the work.

(vi) Communications on site

This activity involves establishing communication systems between the site and the office and understanding that effective communication on site leads to good relations and contributes to the smooth running of the site.

The Site Agent and Site Clerk and HR Manager will train/coach or mentor the above listed functions.

C3.4.8.9 Entrepreneurial mentoring

Development in this area will include such aspects as negotiating skills, bargaining for better prices on materials, securing work, managing existing teams effectively, managing more than one team, managing more than one contract, and appointing appropriate staff as the company grows. A key aspect of growing a company is being able to make the transition from a hands-on owner to being able to delegate appropriately. It is a critical process necessary for any company that is to grow beyond being a labour-only subcontractor to undertaking one or two contracts simultaneously. Imparting the art of delegating is part of a true mentoring function. As the subcontractor grows so other aspects such as the structure of the organization, strategy, shared values or company culture, ethics, risk management and the style of leadership, in addition to the systems and skills need to be developed. Aspects such as corporate governance are becoming increasingly important. This mentoring will be done by the business owner and will only be appropriate for those subcontractors that have the propensity to become fully fledged independent contractors.

Subcontractors, their workforces and hired labour that show initiative will be entitled to receive a structured training programme that shall comprise both management skills as well as business development skills.

Once subcontractors have been identified and engaged, the Contractor shall closely monitor their performance in the execution of their contracts and shall identify those who, in his opinion, display the potential to benefit from structured training as may be provided for in the contract, and where required by the Engineer, shall make recommendations in this regard. Similarly those among the hired labour that show potential should also be included in this process. The final list of candidates shall be decided between the Contractor and the Engineer, and those selected shall receive formal training in business skills throughout the duration of the construction period.

The training programme shall offer complete courses that could comprise some or all of the following modules:

(i) basic business management; (ii) estimating and tender procedures; (iii) contractual rights; (iv) statutory obligations; (v) financial control; and (vi) programming and measurement.

Page 176: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.176

C3.4.8.10 Portfolio of Evidence

The contractor is to develop and/or maintain a portfolio of evidence for each subcontractor. The Portfolio of Evidence is a collection of proof of the training, coaching, guidance and mentoring inputs provided to the subcontractor entity and is similar to a log book used by technical students completing experiential training. It is a living document which records the development progress of the subcontractor and will need to be updated continually throughout the duration of the contract. It remains the property of the subcontractor and he takes it with him to his next contract. A pro-forma Portfolio of Evidence will be provided.

The Portfolio of Evidence should include the following documentation:

(i) development path designed for each subcontractor; (ii) training courses completed by the subcontractor; (iii) hours of guiding, coaching and mentoring received for each activity

listed in the development plan; (iv) list of outcomes achieved at each level for each activity; (v) six monthly progress reports on the development provided (inputs)

versus the actual progress made (output) by the subcontractor; and (vi) list of competencies

C3.4.8.11 Training Requirements

Only qualified trainers employed by training agencies that are accredited by the relevant Sector Education and Training Authorities (SETA), or other institutions recognised by the Department of Labour shall deliver all training. Accredited training refers to both the trainers as well as to the training material. Certificates affirming the successful participation in the various courses shall be presented to each attendant.

The Contractor shall facilitate in the delivery of training, by instructing and motivating the hired labour and relevant subcontractor regarding attendance and participation. All training shall take place within normal working hours, or as agreed with the trainees. The Contractor shall attempt to source funds from the National Skills Fund which is managed by the Department of Labour, to finance the required training before utilising any provisional amounts in the contract.

C3.4.8.12 Development training

The Contractor will arrange training to support the development of the subcontractor. This training must be provided by training providers accredited with the relevant SETA pertaining to the course material being presented. The training will take place at hours agreed with the trainees, possible on a part time basis after hours.

The following training courses are recommended to support the development programme detailed in the contract document:

NQF Level 2: Construction Contractor - Business owner and administration officer

Tender training NQF Level 3 (Under development) – Business owner / Technical expert

Page 177: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.177

Computer literacy training. - Business owner and admin officer – windows, email, Microsoft word and Microsoft Excel

General bookkeeping relevant to construction (under development) - Business owner and admin officer

Mini MBA - Business owner / entrepreneur

Should the subcontractor have the potential to develop towards becoming a contractor in the future (5 year period), the following higher level training courses would be appropriate to support this development:

Tendering NQF Level 4 and 5 (Under development) – Business owner / Technical expert

Construction Project Management NQF Level 5 – Business owner / Technical expert

Construction supervision (Roadworks) NQF Level 4 – Business owner / Technical expert

C3.4.8.13 Safety Training

The subcontractor safety representative is to be fully trained in all aspects of safety and his duties in this regard. The owner of the subcontractor is to be trained on his responsibilities regarding safety regulations.

C3.4.8.14 Engineering skills training

The focus of training provided on the contract should be to support the development of the subcontractors. Engineering skills training will only be approved by the PMT when appropriate. Subcontractors, their workforces and hired labour that show initiative will be entitled to receive structured training that will improve on-task skills necessary for the execution and successful completion of the works. The Contractor, in conjunction with the Engineer, shall monitor the progress of the hired labour and each subcontractor closely and shall identify those who, in their collective opinion, will benefit from structured engineering skills training as may be provided for in the contract, and where required by the Engineer, shall make recommendations in this regard. The final list of candidates shall be decided between the Contractor and the Engineer, and those selected shall receive formal engineering skills training in a programmed and progressive manner throughout the duration of the contract.

The training programme shall offer complete courses that could comprise some or all of the following modules:

(i) use and maintenance of hand tools; (ii) operation of equipment; (iii) manufacture and installation of minor precast concrete units; (iv) erect, dismantle and maintain formwork; (v) basic concrete skills; (vi) excavation, backfill and compaction; (vii) bricklaying; and (viii) erosion protection using stone pitching, gabions or reno mattresses.

C3.4.8.15 Contractor's programme

Page 178: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.178

Following the appointment of the subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible to determine the level at which the subcontractor can operate competently, and also to determine the additional skills which the subcontractor requires. The assessment shall be done by the Contractor in accordance with the assessment process outlined in section C3.4.8.7 and must be produced within 30 days of the appointment of the subcontractor for discussion at the Project Management Team meeting. Within 30 days of the approval of the assessments at the PMT meeting. The Contractor is to present a development plan, specific to each subcontractor. The development plan will be reviewed by the PMT before being implemented. Full details of the Contractor’s responsibility for training, coaching and mentoring are provided in section C3.4.8.

C3.4.9 COMMUNITY LIAISON

C3.4.9.1 Purpose

In order to give effect to the need for efficiency in the process of delivering

services, there shall be liaison with the government institutions and community in the implementation process throughout the life of a project. This may be achieved through structured engagement between those responsible for the delivery of the project and the government institutions and communities adjacent to the project.

C3.4.9.2 Structure and Composition

A project liaison committee (PLC), if required, is to be established as a communication structure that interacts with all parties involved with the project. The composition of the PLC comprises representation by the Employer, Engineer, Contractor, government institutions and formal structures within the communities. The Contractor is advised to make use of established institutional and community communication channels and appoint from among his site personnel a responsible person as a community liaison officer (CLO), to participate in the PLC business. Should the locality and size of the project warrant the need for a project liaison officer (PLO), such appointment will be made by the Engineer as part of the Engineer’s staff.

C3.4.9.3 Use of the PLC

The Contractor is encouraged to utilise the PLC as a means of liaising with the local government institutions and community where they are affected by or may assist in the implementation of the project.

C3.4.10 WELLNESS PROGRAM

The Contractor is required to facilitate a Wellness Program for site employees and their relatives. The Employer will appoint a service provider who will conduct the Awareness, Counselling and Testing (ACT) process at a suitable

Page 179: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.179

venue. The Contractor shall provide a structured plan of how the ACT process will be implemented.

The Contractor is to provide a Wellness Champion who will be responsible for managing the wellness program on site. The Contractor is to provide an independent lockable office for use by the Wellness Champion which includes within, office furniture including lockable storage facilities and the supply of paper and stationery, an available telephone line, fax facilities, a computer and printer with internet and email facilities. The Wellness Champion has to meet certain minimum criteria, and his appointment will be subject to approval by the Engineer. There is also separate provision for the costs of providing transport and communication for the Wellness Champion, ACT venue, transport for the site employees and their relatives to attend the ACT process, and wages of the workers whilst away from work attending the ACT process. The Wellness Process may not be used by the Contractor to fulfil his Occupational, Health and Safety obligations for his employees.

C3.4.11 MONITORING OF PROGRESS C3.4.11.1 Keeping of records

The Contractor shall assume responsibility for the compilation and maintenance of comprehensive records detailing each subcontractor's progress during the construction period, starting from the award of a subcontract to a subcontractor until the successful completion of the subcontract work or termination of the subcontract. To this end the Contractor shall complete and adhere to the terms of the Employer’s pro-forma forms for Subcontractor Declaration Affidavits that require the Contractor to obtain a bona fide statement of details for each subcontractor engaged.

The Contractor shall keep comprehensive records of the training given to each trainee and, at the successful completion of each course, each trainee shall be issued with a certificate indicating the course contents as proof of attendance and completion. The Contractor shall keep a register of certificates issued. Whenever required, the Contractor shall provide copies of such records to the Engineer.

C3.4.11.2 Monthly returns

The Contractor's participation performance will be measured monthly in order to monitor the extent to which he is striving to reach the targets in this contract. The Contractor shall complete and return on a monthly basis the following pro-forma forms of the Employer:

(i) Report on employment; (ITIS) (ii) Report on training; (ITIS) and (iii) Report on community liaison meetings.

The monthly updated ITIS information is a prerequisite for the Contractor's monthly claim to be evaluated by the Engineer for payment of certified completed work. Failure to adhere to this requirement shall result in the delay

Page 180: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.180

of any payment due until the Engineer confirms that the forms have been received.

Page 181: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.181

C3.4.12 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Item Unit PM020.05 Project Liaison Committee (a) Cost of Project Liaison Committee provisional sum (Prov Sum)

(b) The Contractor's overhead charges and profit in percentage (%) respect of sub-item PM020.05 (a)

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-

clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The provisional sum shall be used to cover the direct costs of the PLC members

for attending meetings. The assistance provided by the Contractor to the PLC in the form of in-task training, arranging service providers, appointment and services of his own community liaison officer shall not be paid from the provisional sum. The Contractor's costs to render such assistance shall be deemed to have been included in his rate for sub-item PM030.03 Time-related obligations.

The tendered percentage for sub-item PM020.05 (b) is a percentage of the

amount actually spent under sub-item PM020.05 (a), which shall include full compensation for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor.

PM020.06 Training (a) Engineering skills provisional sum (Prov Sum) (b) Development provisional sum (Prov Sum) (c) Safety provisional sum (Prov Sum)

(d) Training Venue provisional sum (Prov Sum)

(e) Remuneration of workers undergoing training provisional sum

(Prov Sum) (f) The Contractor's overhead charges and profit percentage (%) in respect of sub-items PM020.06 (a) to (e)

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. Payment under item PM020.06 does not include the cost of training which the Contractor is required to provide as part of his obligations for the pre-qualification and tender processes under item PM030.05. The Contractor’s own staff may attend the courses provided. However, such attendants from the Contractor’s staff and permanent labour complement, shall not be considered for measurement and payment purposes. Payment under sub-items PM020.06 (a), (b) and (c) shall be the actual sum paid for the trainees to undergo training in the respective skills as specified.

Page 182: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.182

Payment under sub-item PM020.06 (d) shall be full compensation for the provision of the training venue, for all necessary lighting, power, furniture, stationery, consumables and study material and for transportation of the trainees to and from the training venue. Payment under sub-item PM020.06 (e) shall be the daily wage in normal work hours of the individual workers whilst they are away from their normal duties and at training.

The tendered percentage for sub-item PM020.06 (f) is a percentage of the amounts actually spent under sub-items PM020.06 (a) to (e), which shall include full compensation for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor.

PM030.04 Additional costs for subcontractors (a) Establishment on site and general obligations of provisional sum (Prov

Sum) subcontractors (b) Fluctuation between the target rates and provisional sum

(Prov Sum) the rates of subcontractors Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of Sub-

clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999. The provisional sum under sub-item (a) makes provision for the subcontractors’ establishment on site and general obligations, which will be included in their subcontracts. It shall not include any costs of the Contractor. The provisional sum under sub-item (b) makes provision for funds for the fluctuation between the target rates and the rates of subcontractors. It shall not include any costs of the Contractor. PM030.05 Tenders for subcontractors

(a) Pre-qualificationprocess number (No) (b) Tender process number (No) Payment under sub-item (a) shall be the number of pre-qualification processes which the Contractor carries out. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the preparation of the pre-qualification tender, advertising, assistance and guidance to the tenderers, and evaluation of the pre-qualification tenders. Payment under sub-item (b) shall be the number of tender processes which the Contractor carries out. The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the compilation and issue of tender documents, invitation and advertising of tenders, training and provision of assistance to tenderers, evaluation of tenders, and the

Page 183: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.183

award of subcontracts. The process of obtaining quotations for a provisional sum, daywork or variation item, is excluded from this sub-item. PM030.06 Coaching, guidance and mentoring of subcontractors by full time site staff No month The tendered rate is per number months, and shall include full compensation for all the Contractor’s costs arising from coaching, guidance and mentoring of subcontractors by full time site staff as indicated in section C3.4.8.7 Tables C3.4.8/1 to C3.4.8/6. Payment for this item will only commence once the Development Plan for a subcontractor has been approved by the Project Management Plan.

PM030.07 Coaching, guidance and mentoring of provisional sum

(Prov Sum) subcontractors by nominated persons

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

The provisional sum shall be used to cover the costs of any additional coaching, guidance and mentoring required by the Employer than that specified to be done by the full time site staff as indicated in section C3.4.8.7, for which the Contractor has not made provision for in his tender. Payment under the provisional sum shall cover the cost arising from the assistance required from nominated off-site staff such as the contract manager, site clerk, equipment manager, human resources manager, bookkeeper, accountant, tendering estimator, OHS specialist, environmental specialist and other personnel for the coaching, guidance and mentoring of subcontractors, as required in terms of section C3.4.8.7 of the specifications.

PM030.08 Provision of office facilities for subcontractors no month

The tendered rate is per number months and shall include full compensation for all the Contractor’s costs arising from the provision of office facilities required in terms of the specifications in section C3.4.8.6.

PM030.09 Determining the Level of Development provisional sum

(Prov Sum) of each subcontractor

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of Sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

The provisional sum shall be used to cover the costs of assessing each subcontractor to determine the Level of Development required and to monitor, evaluate and report as required in terms of section C3.4.8.3 of the specifications.

PM030.10 Preparing and maintaining a provisional sum (Prov Sum)

Page 184: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.184

Development Plan for each subcontractor Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of Sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

The provisional sum shall be used to cover the costs arising from preparing and

maintaining a Development Plan for each subcontractor as required in terms of section C3.4.8.4 of the specifications.

PM030.11 Preparing and maintaining a provisional sum (Prov Sum) Portfolio of Evidence for each subcontractor Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of Sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

The provisional sum shall be used to cover the costs arising from preparing and maintaining a Portfolio of Evidence for each subcontractor as required in terms of section C3.4.8.10 of the specifications.

Item Unit PM030.13 Wellness program (a) Office facilities for Wellness Champion No month (b) Wellness Champion provisional sum

(Prov Sum) (c) Venue for ACT process provisional sum

(Prov Sum) (d) Transport for workers and their immediate

families for ACT process provisional sum

(Prov Sum) (e) Remuneration for workers during ACT

process provisional sum

(Prov Sum) (f) The Contractor's overhead charges and

profit in respect of sub-items PM020.07 (b) to (e)

percentage (%)

The tendered rate for sub-item PM030.13 (a) is per number months and shall include full compensation for all the Contractor’s costs arising from the provision of an independent lockable office for use by the Wellness Champion which includes within, office furniture including lockable storage facilities and the supply of paper and stationery, an available telephone line, fax facilities, a computer and printer with internet and email facilities.

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause 13.5 of the FIDIC Conditions of Contract for Construction, 1999.

The provisional sum under sub-item PM030.13 (b) shall be used to cover the

costs of the Wellness Champion which includes salary, bonuses, leave and sick

Page 185: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.185

leave outside the standard industry shutdown period, and all company contributions such as Provident Fund, Group life benefits, medical aid, and UIF. Further provision for a cellular phone allowance and the provision of transport shall be included in this provisional sum

The provisional sum under sub-item PM030.13 (c) shall be used to cover the

costs of hiring the venue for the ACT process. The provisional sum under sub-item PM030.13 (c) shall be used to cover the

costs of transport for the workers and their immediate family to the venue for the ACT process.

The provisional sum under sub-item PM030.13 (e) shall be used for the daily wage in normal work hours of the individual workers whilst they are away from their normal duties and attending the ACT process.

The tendered percentage for sub-item PM030.13 (f) is a percentage of the

amounts actually spent under sub-items PM030.13 (b) to (e), which shall include full compensation for the overhead charges and profit of the Contractor.

Page 186: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.186

C3.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Note: Wherever reference is made in this section of the Scope of Work to contractor this is the equivalent of the principal contractor in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations. Similarly, reference to subcontractors is equivalent to other contractors.

C3.5.1 SCOPE

This part of the specification has the objective to assist the contractor entering into a contract with the Employer, to comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993) (OH&S), as well as all applicable Regulations. Compliance with this document does not absolve the contractor from complying with minimum legal requirements and the contractor remains responsible for the health and safety of his employees and those of his Mandataries. The contractor shall, therefore, include this part of the specification to any contract that he may have with subcontractors and/or suppliers.

This section covers the development of a health and safety specification that addresses all aspects of occupational health and safety as affected by this contract. It provides the requirements that the contractor shall comply with in order to reduce the risks associated with this contract that may lead to incidents causing injury and/or ill health. In this matter the spirit and intention of Regulation 5(1)(l) of the Construction Regulations,2014 regarding negotiations between the parties, related to the contents and approval of the Health and Safety Plan, must be complied with.

C3.5.2 GENERAL OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROVISIONS

C3.5.2.1 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (Construction

Regulation 7) C3.5.2.1.1 Risk Assessments

Paragraph C3.5.4 contains a generic list of risk assessment headings that have been identified by SANRAL as possibly applicable to this contract. It is, by no means, exhaustive and is offered as assistance to contractors intending to tender.

C3.5.2.1.2 Development of Risk Assessments

The contractor shall, before the commencement of any construction work or work associated with the aforesaid construction work and during such work, conduct a risk assessment by a competent person, and the risk assessment so produced shall form part of the OH&S plan and be implemented and maintained as contemplated in Construction Regulation 9(1). Competence is a factor of training, knowledge, experience and/or appropriate qualifications. Where proof of competence is required by the Regulation, a concise CV must be attached to the appointment letter.

Page 187: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.187

The risk assessment shall include, as far as is reasonably practicable, at least:

the identification of the risks and hazards to which persons may be exposed;

the analysis and evaluation of the risks and hazards identified, inclusive of a residual risk rating methodology. The method to be used is not prescribed;

a documented plan of safe work procedures to mitigate, reduce or control those residual risks that have been identified as unacceptably high, by means of the rating system;

a monitoring plan;

a review plan, inclusive of dates to be adhered to; and

ergonomic related risks are to be analyzed, evaluated and addressed as part of the process.

Based on the risk assessments, the contractor shall develop a set of site-specific OH&S rules that shall be applied to regulate the OH&S aspects of the construction. The risk assessments, together with the site-specific OH&S rules shall be submitted to the Employer before construction on site commences. Despite the more advanced (or site specific) risk assessments listed in paragraph C3.5.4, the Employer would have conducted a baseline risk assessment before work commences and made the same available to the contractor. This does not mean that all risk assessments must be attended before work commences, but that all risk assessments receive the necessary attention as the contract progresses, and this is the responsibility of the contractor.

All variations to the scope of work shall similarly be subjected to a risk assessment process.

C3.5.2.1.3 Review of Risk Assessment

The contractor shall review the hazard identification, risk assessments and standard working procedures at each production planning and progress report meeting as the contract work develops and progresses and each time changes are made to the designs, plans and construction methods and processes. The contractor shall provide the Employer, subcontractors and all other concerned parties with copies of any changes, alterations or amendments as contemplated above.

Page 188: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.188

C3.5.2.2 Legal Requirements

A contractor shall, as a minimum, comply with:

The Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations (Act 85 of 1993), an up-to-date copy of which shall be available on site at all times.

The Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, 1993 (Act No 130 of 1993), an up-to-date copy of which shall be available on site at all times.

Where work is being carried out on a “mine”, the contractor shall comply with the Mines Health and Safety Act and Regulations (Act 29 of 1960) and any other OH&S requirements that the mine may specify. An up-to-date copy of the Mines Health and Safety Act and Regulations shall be available on site at all times.

C3.5.2.3 Structure and Responsibilities

C3.5.2.3.1 Overall Supervision and Responsibility for OH&S

It is a requirement that the contractor, when he appoints subcontractors in terms of Construction Regulations 7(1)(c), 7(1)(d), 7(1)(f), and 7(3) includes in his agreement with such subcontractors the following:

OH&S Act (85 of 1993), Section 37(2) agreement: “Agreement with Mandatary”

OH&S Act (85 of 1993), Section 16(2) appointee/s as detailed in his/their respective appointment forms.

C3.5.2.3.2 Further (Specific) Supervision Responsibilities for OH&S

The contractor shall appoint designated competent employees and/or other competent persons as required by the Act and Regulations. Below is a generic list of identified appointments and may be used to select the appropriate appointments for this contract. The contractor shall note that it is a generic list only and is intended for use as a guideline.

Appointment Regulation

Construction Manager, Assistant Construction Manager, Construction Supervisor, Assistant Construction Supervisor

(Construction Regulation 8(1), 8(2), 8(7) and 8(8)

Construction Vehicles and Mobile Plant/Machinery Supervisor

(Construction Regulation 23)

Demolition Supervisor (Construction Regulation 14)

Drivers and Operators of Construction Vehicles or Plant

(Construction Regulation 23)

Electrical Installation and machinery on construction sites

(Construction Regulation 24)

Emergency/Security/Fire Coordinator

(Construction Regulation 29)

Excavation Supervisor (Construction Regulation 13)

Page 189: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.189

Appointment Regulation

Explosive actuated fastening device (Construction Regulation 21)

Fall Protection Supervisor (Construction Regulation 10)

First Aider (General Safety Regulation 3)

Fire Equipment Inspector (Construction Regulation 29)

Temporary Works designer and Temporary Works Supervisor

(Construction Regulation 12)

Hazardous Chemical Substances Supervisor

(HCS Regulations)

Incident Investigator (General Admin Regulation 29)

Ladder Inspector (General Safety Regulation 13A)

Cranes (Construction Regulation 22)

Materials Hoist Inspector (Construction Regulation 19)

OH&S Committee (OH&S Act Section 19)

Construction OH&S Officer (Construction Regulation 8(5) & 8(6)

OH&S Representatives (OH&S Act Section 17)

Person Responsible for Machinery (General Machinery Regulation 2)

Scaffolding Supervisor (Construction Regulation 16)

Stacking & Storage Supervisor (Construction Regulation 28)

Structures Supervisor (Construction Regulation 11)

Suspended Platform Supervisor (Construction Regulation 17)

Tunnelling Supervisor (Construction Regulation 15)

Bulk Mixing h Plants (Construction Regulation 20)

Working on/next to Water Supervisor

(Construction Regulation 26)

Welding Supervisor (General Safety Regulation 9)

In addition, the Employer requires that a Traffic Safety Officer be appointed. The above appointments shall be in writing and the responsibilities clearly stated together with the period for which the appointment is made. This information shall be communicated and agreed with the appointees. Notice of appointments shall be submitted to the Employer. All changes shall also be communicated to the Employer.

The contractor shall, furthermore, provide the Employer with an organogram of all subcontractors that he has appointed or intends to appoint and keep this list updated and prominently displayed on site.

C3.5.2.3.3 Designation of OH&S Representatives (Section 17 of the OH&S Act)

Where the contractor employs more than 20 persons (including the employees of subcontractors he has to appoint one OH&S representatives for every 50 employees or part thereof. This is a minimum (legal) requirement. The contractor may at his own discretion appoint more OH&S Representatives according to site specific requirements. General Administrative Regulation 6 requires that the appointment or election and subsequent designation of the OH&S representatives be conducted in consultation with employee representatives or employees (Section 17 of the Act and General Administrative Regulations 6 and 7). OH&S representatives shall be designated in writing and the designation shall include the area of responsibility of the person and term of the designation. OH&S representatives must be experienced, permanently employed by the contractor or his subcontractors, trained and able to move freely within their designated area of responsibility.

Page 190: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.190

C3.5.2.3.4 Duties and Functions of the OH&S Representatives (Section 18 of the OH&S Act)

The contractor shall ensure that the designated OH&S representatives conduct continuous monitoring and regular inspections of their respective areas of responsibility. OH&S representatives shall participate in accident or incident investigations. OH&S representatives shall attend all OH&S committee meetings.

C3.5.2.3.5 Appointment of OH&S Committee (Sections 19 and 20 of the OH&S Act)

The contractor shall establish an OH&S committee, which shall meet at least once a month.

C3.5.2.4 Administrative Controls and the Occupational Health & Safety File C3.5.2.4.1 The OH&S File (Construction Regulation 7(1)(b))

As required by Construction Regulation 7(1), the contractor and subcontractors shall each keep an OH&S file on site. The following list is not exhaustive and shall only be used as a guide:

Notification of construction work (Construction Regulation 4)

Latest copy of OH&S Act (General Administrative Regulation 4)

Proof of registration and good standing with COID Insurer (Construction Regulation 5(1)(j))

OH&S plan agreed with the Client including the underpinning risk assessment/s and method statements (Construction Regulation 7(1))

Copies of OH&S committee and other relevant minutes

Designs/drawings (Construction Regulation 7(1)(e))

A list of subcontractors including copies of the agreements between the parties and the type of work being done by each subcontractor (Construction Regulation 7(1)(f))

Appointment/designation forms as per paragraphs C3.5.2.1.1 and C3.5.2.1.2.

Registers as follows: - Accident/Incident register (Annexure 1 of the General Administrative

Regulations) - OH&S representatives’ inspection register - Asbestos demolition and stripping register - Bulk mixing plant inspections - Construction vehicles and mobile plant inspections by controller - Daily inspection of vehicles, plant and other equipment by the

operator/driver/user - Demolition inspection register - Designer’s inspection of structures record - Electrical installations, -equipment and -appliances (including portable

electrical tools) - Excavations inspection - Explosive actuated fastening device inspection, maintenance, issue and

returns register (incl. cartridges and nails) - Fall protection inspection register

Page 191: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.191

- First aid box contents - Fire equipment inspection and maintenance - Hazardous chemical substances record - Ladder inspections - Lifting equipment register - Materials hoist inspection register - Machinery safety inspection register (incl. machine guards, lock-outs

etc.) - Scaffolding inspections - Stacking and storage inspection - Temporary works inspections - Inspection of structures - Inspection of suspended platforms - Inspection of tunnelling operations - Inspection of vessels under pressure - Welding equipment inspections - Inspection of work conducted on or near water - Welfare facilities as provided

Page 192: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.192

C3.5.2.5 Notification of Construction Work (Construction Regulation 3)

The contractor shall, where the contract meets the requirements laid down in Construction Regulation 4 prior to commencement notify the Department of Labour of the intention to carry out construction work and use the form (Annexure 2 in the Construction Regulations) for the purpose. A copy shall be kept on the OH&S file and a copy shall be forwarded to the Employer for record keeping purposes.

C3.5.2.6 Training and Competence

The training required by the Act and Regulations shall be included in the contractor’s OH&S plan. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all relevant training is undertaken. Only accredited training providers shall be used for the regulatory OH&S training. The contractor shall ensure that his and his subcontractors’ personnel appointed are competent and that all training required for doing the work safely and without risk to health, has been completed before work commences. The contractor shall ensure that follow-up and refresher training is conducted as the contract work progresses and the work situation changes. This does not absolve any subcontractors from their responsibilities as employers. Records of all training must be kept on the OH&S file for auditing purposes.

C3.5.2.7 Consultations, Communication and Liaison

OH&S liaison between the Employer, the contractor, the subcontractors, the designer and other concerned parties will be through the OH&S committee as contemplated in paragraph C3.5.2.3.5. In addition to the above, communication may be directly to the Employer or his appointed agent, verbally or in writing, as and when the need arises.

Consultation with the workforce on OH&S matters will be through their construction managers and supervisors, OH&S representatives and the OH&S committee. The contractor shall be responsible for the dissemination of all relevant OH&S information to the subcontractors e.g. design changes agreed with the Employer and the designer, instructions by the Employer and/or his agent, exchange of information between subcontractors, and the reporting of hazardous/dangerous conditions/situations. The contractors’ most senior manager on site shall be required to attend all OH&S meetings.

C3.5.2.8 Checking, Reporting and Corrective Actions

C3.5.2.8.1 Monthly Audit by Client (Construction Regulation 5(1)(p))

The Employer will conduct monthly health and safety, and document verification audits in compliance with Construction Regulation 5(1)(o) in order to ensure that the contractor has implemented and is maintaining the agreed and approved OH&S plan.

C3.5.2.8.2 Other Audits and Inspections by the Employer

The Employer reserves the right to conduct other ad hoc audits and inspections as deemed necessary. This will include site safety walks.

Page 193: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.193

C3.5.2.8.3 Contractor’s Audits and Inspections

The contractor must conduct his own regular internal audits to verify compliance with his own OH&S management system, as well as with this specification. The contractor shall furthermore ensure that each subcontractor`s health and safety plan is being implemented by conducting periodic audits at intervals mutually agreed between the contractor and subcontractors, but at least once per month.

C3.5.2.8.4 Inspections by OH&S Representative’s and other Appointees

OH&S representatives shall conduct weekly inspections of their areas of responsibility and report thereon to their foreman or supervisor whilst other appointees shall conduct inspections and report thereon as specified in their appointments e.g. vehicle, plant and machinery drivers, operators and users must conduct daily inspections before start-up.

C3.5.2.8.5 Recording and Review of Inspection Results

All the results of the abovementioned inspections shall be in writing, reviewed at OH&S committee meetings, endorsed by the chairman of the meeting and placed on the OH&S File.

C3.5.2.9 Accidents and Incident Investigation (General Administrative Regulation 9)

The contractor and his subcontractors shall coordinate their investigation of all accidents/incidents where employees and non-employees were injured to the extent that he/she/they had to be referred for medical treatment by a doctor, hospital or clinic. The results of the investigation shall be entered into an accident/incident register listed in paragraph C3.5.2.4.1. The affected subcontractor shall be responsible for the investigation of all minor and non-injury incidents as described in Section 24(1)(b) & (c) of the Act and keeping a record of the results of such investigations including the steps taken to prevent similar accidents in future.

C3.5.2.10 Reporting

The contractor shall provide the Employer with copies of all statutory reports required in terms of the Act within 7 days of the incident occurring.

C3.5.2.11 Medical certificate of fitness (Construction Regulation 7(1)(g) and 7(8)

The Contractor as well as the subcontractor (where appointed) shall ensure that all their employees have a valid certificate of fitness, specific to the construction work to be performed and issued by an occupational health practitioner, in the form of Annexure 3 to Government Gazette No 37305 of 7 February 2014.

C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL

C3.5.3.1 Operational Procedures

Page 194: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.194

Each construction activity shall be assessed by the contractor so as to identify operational procedures that will mitigate against the occurrence of an incident during the execution of each activity. This specification requires the contractor:

to be conversant with all relevant Regulations;

to comply with their provisions; and

to include them in his OH&S plan where relevant. C3.5.3.2 Emergency Procedures

Simultaneous with the identification of operational procedures (per paragraph

C3.5.3.1 above), the contractor shall similarly identify and formulate emergency procedures in the event an incident does occur. The emergency procedures thus identified shall also be included in the principal contractor’s OH&S plan, and communicated as part of induction training. It is the responsibility of the first aid worker, together with the construction supervisor, to make an assessment regarding the severity of injuries and which actions are appropriate. For example: transfer to a medical facility by ambulance or helicopter.

C3.5.3.3 Personal and Other Protective Equipment (Sections 8/15/23 of the OH&S Act)

The contractor shall identify the hazards in the workplace and deal with them. He must either remove them or, where impracticable, take steps to protect workers and make it possible for them to work safely and without risk to health under hazardous conditions.

Personal protective equipment (PPE) should, however, be the last resort and there should always first be an attempt to apply engineering and other solutions to mitigating hazardous situations before the issuing of PPE is considered.

Where it is not possible to create an absolutely safe and healthy workplace the contractor shall inform employees regarding this and issue, free of charge, suitable equipment to protect them from any hazards being present and that allows them to work safely and without risk to health in a hazardous environment.

It is a further requirement that the contractor maintains the said equipment, instructs and trains the employees in the use of the equipment, and ensures that the prescribed equipment is used by the employee/s. Employees do not have the right to refuse to use/wear the equipment prescribed by the Employer and, if it is impossible for an employee to use or wear prescribed protective equipment through health or any other reason, the employee cannot be allowed to continue working under the hazardous condition/s for which the equipment was prescribed but an alternative solution has to be found that may include relocating or discharging the employee. The contractor shall include in his OH&S plan the PPE he intends issuing to his employees for use during construction and the sanctions he intends to apply in cases of non-conformance by his employees. Conformance to the wearing of PPE shall be discussed at the weekly inspection meetings.

Page 195: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.195

C3.5.3.4 Other Regulations

Wherever in the Construction Regulations or this specification there is reference to other regulations (e.g Construction Regulation 24: Electrical Installations and Machinery on Construction Sites) the principal contractor shall be conversant with and shall comply with these regulations.

C3.5.3.5 Public Health and Safety (Section 9 of the OH&S Act)

The contractor shall, as far as is reasonably practicable, be responsible for ensuring that non-employees affected by the construction work are made aware of the dangers likely to arise from said construction work as well as the precautionary measures to be observed to avoid or minimise those dangers. This includes:

non- employees entering the site for whatever reason;

the surrounding community; and

passers-by to the site.

Page 196: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.196

C3.5.4 PROJECT/SITE SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS

The following is a generic list of a Risk Assessment and Site specific health and safety specifications prepared by the Employer in terms of construction Regulations 5(1)(a) and 5(1)(f):

Clearing and rubbing of the area/site

Site establishment including: - Office/s - Secure/safe storage for materials, plant and equipment - Ablutions - Sheltered eating area - Maintenance workshop - Vehicle access to the site

Dealing with existing structures

Location of existing services

Installation and maintenance of temporary construction electrical supply, lighting and equipment

Adjacent land uses/surrounding property exposures

Boundary and access control/public liability exposures (NB: the Employer is also responsible for the OH&S of non-employees affected by his work activities.)

Health risks arising from neighbouring as well as own activities and from the environment e.g. threats by dogs, bees, snakes and lightning

Exposure to noise

Exposure to vibration

Protection against dehydration and heat exhaustion

Protection from wet and cold conditions

Dealing with HIV/Aids and other diseases

Use of portable electrical equipment including - Angle grinder - Electrical drilling machine - Skill saw

Excavations including - Ground/soil conditions - Trenching - Shoring - Drainage of trench

Welding including - Arc welding - Gas welding - Flame cutting - Use of LP gas torches and appliances

Loading and offloading of trucks

Aggregate/sand and other materials delivery

Manual and mechanical handling

Lifting and lowering operations

Driving and operation of construction vehicles and mobile plant including - Trenching machine - Excavator - Bomag roller - Plate compactor

Page 197: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C3.197

- Front end loader - Mobile cranes and the ancillary lifting tackle - Parking of vehicles and mobile plant - Towing of vehicles and mobile plant

Use and storage of flammable liquids and other hazardous substances e.g. petrol, diesel, cement, asphalt, bituminous materials and similar

Layering and bedding

Installation of pipes in trenches

Pressure testing of pipelines

Backfilling of trenches

Protection against flooding

Gabion work

Use of explosives

Protection from overhead power lines

As discovered by the contractor’s hazard identification exercise

As discovered from any inspections and audits conducted by the Employer or by the contractor or any subcontractor on site

As discovered from any accident/incident investigation.

Page 198: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C4.1

SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED CONTRACT NRA N.010-092-2015/1: ROUTINE ROAD MAINTENANCE ON NATIONAL ROUTE 10 FROM PRIESKA TO NAMIBIA BORDER AT NAKOP: SECTIONS 9 TO 12 PART C4 SITE INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE

C4.1 LOCALITY PLAN ..................................................................................... C4.2

C4.2 GENERAL ROUTINE ROAD MAINTENANCE INFORMATION ............ C4.3

Page 199: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C4.2

C4.1 LOCALITY PLAN

CONTRACT NRA N.010-092-2015/1: ROUTINE ROAD MAINTENANCE ON NATIONAL ROUTE 10 FROM PRIESKA TO NAMIBIA BORDER AT NAKOP: SECTIONS 9 TO 12

LOCALITY PLAN

Page 200: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C4.3

C4.2 GENERAL ROUTINE ROAD MAINTENANCE INFORMATION See Road Condition Report on CD included. SOUTH AFRICAN NATIONAL ROADS AGENCY SOC LIMITED

Page 201: PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE RRM... · PART C3 SCOPE OF WORK ... C3.5.3 OPERATIONAL CONTROL ... the site, inter alia Incident Management System, Disaster Management

C4.4

CONTRACT NRA N.010-092-2015/1: ROUTINE ROAD MAINTENANCE ON NATIONAL ROUTE 10 FROM PRIESKA TO NAMIBIA BORDER AT NAKOP: SECTIONS 9 TO 12 PART C5 ANNEXURE TABLE OF CONTENTS ADDENDUM NO 1 (LIST ANY OTHER ADDENDUMS ISSUED) FORM A3.1 (SBD4): COMPULSORY ENTERPRISE QUESTIONNAIRE FORM A6 (SBD2): CERTIFICATE OF TAX COMPLIANCE FORM A11: REGISTRATION WITH CIDB FORM A13 (SBD6.1): TENDERER’S B-BBEE VERIFICATION CERTIFICATE FORM C2: SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL MATERIALS FORM C3: MANAGEMENT PROPOSAL CORRESPONDENCE DURING TENDER PERIOD LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE BY SANRAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY CONTRACTOR Note to tenderer: The Annexure will include completed returnable schedules and correspondence which form part of the contract.


Recommended